Home

program replacement - Beijer Electronics

1. 1 0 CHAPTER1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 5 1 4 Suggestions for Transition from Large sized A QnA Series to Q Series seseeseee eee eee eee eee eee 1 1 1 Advantages of Transition to Q series rer 1 1 1 2 Suggestions for Transition to Q series 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009 2 1 1 3 Precautions for Transition from Large sized A QnA Series to Q Series seseeee eee 1 5 CHAPTER2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 1 2 17 2 1 List of Alternative CPU Module Models for Replacement eeeeee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee eee e e eee sooo eee 2 2 CPU Module Specifications Comparisons 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 2 _ 2 3 CPU Module Functional Comparisons 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 D 2 3 1 Functional Comparisons Between A2CCPU AnNCPU Series CPU 2 7 2 3 2 Functional Comparisons Between AnACPU AnUCPU and Q Series CPU eeseee eee eoe eee 2 9 2 3 3 Functional Comparisons Between QnACPU Q series CPU 2 11 24 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement
2. Base cover US me We m mm Hand hold als 5 Slo s HH e RS S y Y 332 0 3 13 07 0 01 352 13 86 10 0 39 Unit mm inch 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions A3NMCA 0 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 2 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 4 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 8 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 16 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 24 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative Memory cassette A3NMCA 40 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3NMCA 56 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A3AMCA 96 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 128 Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 8E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 32E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built
3. 7 5 Setting Method when Multiple Sequence Programs are Created eerccecccccecccccccccccccccccccees 7 51 Precautions for File Register Replacement eeeeeee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee e e eese eese ooo ee osos eeocceesss 7 53 Boot Run Method Writing Programs to ROM eeeeeeeeeeee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee 7 CHAPTER8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 1 8 3 8 8 2 8 3 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions when Mounted with the Upgrade Tool 8 2 A Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions C 3 APPENDICES App 1 App 5 Appendix 1 Related Manuals 09000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 App 1 Appendix 1 1 Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook App 1 Appendix 1 2 A QnA Series 9090000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 App 1 Appendix 1 3 Q Series 9000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
4. 2 13 24 1 Memory for CPU Module eeeeee ee eee eee eene eee enne e eese sesso os ssssossesesco sss eese ee eee eeeeeee 2 13 2 4 2 Keyword Registration and Password Registration 2 2 4 8 Write During RUN eeeeeeeeseseeeee esee eo eee eese eese esee eese eese sees eese sesso ss sssssssesessssesesssssss 2 15 244 Of Base I O Slots e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee esee eee eoeeeesesesososesesesosssosssesesesssssesesesesssssssssssse 2 16 2 4 5 Programming Tool and Connection Cable for Q Series CPU e eeseeseee eee eee eroe eee eoe eeo eee 2 17 CHAPTER3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 1 3 83 3 1 List of Alternative Models for Module 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009 3 1 3 2 Modules Specifications Comparisons Between 9000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 3 13 3 2 1 Specifications Comparisons Between Input Modules eeee esee ee eere rere ee eere oe ee ee oe ooo eese 3 13 3 2 2 Specifications Comparisons Between Output Module s eeeeee eee ee eee eese esee sees esee eos eesese 3 30 3 2 3 Specifications Comparisons Between I O Modules eeee eee eee ee eee 75 3 2 4 Specifications Comparisons I
5. ROLP ROLP 7 7 7 Right rotation of 16 bit data ROR NOR ten RORP RORP 7 7 7 Bit device reset RST RST Remote O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Pointer branch instructions SCJ SCJ 7 segment decode SEG SEG Partial refresh SEG SEG x 7 7 7 16 bit data search Sen SER SERP SERP 7 7 7 Bit device set SET SET 16 bit data n bit left shift SHE Bh 2 SFLP SFLP 16 bit data n bit right shift Sr BER 2 SFRP SFRP SFT Bit device shift SFTP SFTP 5 Setting and resetting status latch SET QUT SM12593 x BE SLTR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Carry flag set STC OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Sequence program stop STOP STOP Setting and resetting sampling trace Smi OUT eee x Te STRAR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 SUM SUM 16 bit data checks SUMP SUMP 5 508 CUT 0558 x SUBP OUT SM1255 x 1 word data write to the intelligent TO TO O 1 special function module TOP TOP O 1 4 bit linking of 16 bit data pak JN S UNIP UNIP 7 WAND WAND Logical products with 16 bit data WANDP WANDP WDT reset ADT WDTP WDTP Logical sums of 16 bit data WOR WOR WORP WORP WXNR WXNR 16 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations WXNRP WXNRP 5 16 bit exclusive logical sum operations wee NAOR 2 WXORP WXORP 16 bit data conversion ASH AGH 1 Note that the buffer memory add
6. N f QY10s wh ing 17 ube of output 32 points 16 points Use two s when using points points or more Isolation method is different but the Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A 1 performance is equivalent rs 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point Rated switching j 240VAC 2A 1 point 240VAC 2A 1 point voltage current 5A common 8A common Mini itchi 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 5 0 7 300 thousand 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A g COS 0 7 200 thousand mes OF more DU 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Electrical times or more COS6 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A is since the life is approximately half COS 0 35 200 thousand e OF more A ies uic 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 1 0 h 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 thousand L R 7ms 200 thousand Snes ormare mesoi fan 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 1 L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A
7. Local station parameters SD1255 Stores conditions for up D9220 non conforming remote I O SD999 to numbers 1 to 16 station I O allocation error Local station parameters 501255 Stores conditions for up D9221 non conforming remote I O SD999 to numbers 17 to 32 station I O allocation error Local station parameters 501255 Stores conditions for up D9222 non conforming remote I O SD999 to numbers 33 to 48 station I O allocation error Local station parameters T SD1255 Stores conditions for up D9223 non conforming remote I O SD999 to numbers 49 to 64 station I O allocation error Local station and remote SD1255 d Stores conditions for up D9224 I O station initial SD999 M to numbers 1 to 16 communications underway Local station and remote 501255 HAS Stores conditions for up D9225 station initial SD999 n to numbers 17 to 32 communications underway Local station and remote 501255 Stores conditions for up D9226 I O station initial SD999 at to numbers 33 to 48 communications underway Local station and remote M SD1255 m Stores conditions for up D9227 I O station initial SD999 to numbers 49 to 64 communications underway D9228 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station error to numbers 1 to 16 D9229 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station error to numbers 17 to 32 D9230 SD1255 Loca
8. 1 D depth varies depending on the upgrade tool Conversion adapter to be used Therefore confirm the external dimensions of a upgrade adapter 2 For using the upgrade tool Conversion adapter ERNT AQTY22 The upgrade tool is manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd H 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 3 A Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions xg xg A EA EE B ERES W1 Dimensions Dimensions for mounting Unit mm inch A32B 247 9 72 227 8 94 A32B S1 268 10 56 248 9 76 A35B 382 15 04 362 14 25 A38B 480 18 90 460 18 11 A38HB 480 18 90 460 18 11 A38HBEU 480 18 90 460 18 11 A32RB 494 19 45 474 18 66 A33RB 250 570 22 44 130 200 25 550 21 65 10 A37RHB 497 19 57 5 12 7 87 0 98 477 18 78 0 39 A52B 183 7 20 163 6 42 A55B 297 11 69 277 10 91 A58B 411 16 18 391 15 39 A62B 238 9 37 218 8 58 A65B 352 13 86 332 13 07 A68B 466 18 35 446 17 56 A68RB 522 20 55 502 19 76
9. Control operation of stored program Use direct I O instructions to contr Refresh mode ut Direct mode 3 4 4 4 4 4 A 7 7 2 method Q series supports the refresh mode only Language The MELSAP Program dedicated to language for QnA MM sequence control Section guage Relay symbol MELSAP3 and that 7 6 Logic symbol for A series is MELSAP language MELSAP II Process Sequence ing speed instractions 1 25 1 0 0 15 0 15 0 075 0 034 0 034 us step Watch dog Watchdog timer 10 to 10 to 200 200 5 to 10 to 10 to _ T timer WDT ms 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 WDT A memory cassette Max is required for the User mamor 32k Max Max Max 2036k Max Max A series as user Memory capacity y Built in 448k 768k 1024k x2 2M 2M memory while the Section capacity bytes RAM Memory Memory Memory SRAM SRAM SRAM user memory is 2 4 1 casette casette casette card card included in the Q card series as standard equipment Sequence program Max Max Max Max Max Max Max steps 8k 30kx2 30kx2 30kx4 124k 252k 252k i i The AnA AnU QnA and Q series do not include Program Maece microcomputer capacitiy pute Max Max program ae 14k 58k s Therefore consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution Number EE Number of O io 26t 5120 amp 12 5120 joe 4o98 Po
10. control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 15us 0 034us PC MIX value 1 2 10 3 I O points 4096 points 4096 points Program capacity 30k x 4 steps 124k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A1NCPUP21 S3 Q02CPU QJ71LP21G gt control Refresh Direct switching gt Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us PC MIX value 0 2 4 4 l O points 256 points 4096 points Program capacity 6k steps 28k steps File register points 0 point 1017k points Extension stage 1 stage 7 stage Applicable memory 4KRAM 4KROM 4KEROM built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM Micro computer program Available Not available 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Model Product Q series alternative models Remark restrictions 1 control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points QO2CPU 5 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps ANEP EES QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 4k points gt 1017k points 7 Extension stage 3 sta
11. E Stores errors which are detected with the diagnostics function in a Error history CPU or memory card The stored history can be monitored with peripheral devices 1 High performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 4 The SRAM card is required 5 SW LI IVD NX GPPQ is required This is not applicable to GX Developer 2 12 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement 2 4 1 Memory for CPU Module The memory configuration is shown in 1 Examine the following points depending on the memory capacity before replacement and applications Memory to store To use or not use a memory card 1 Memory configuration and data that can be stored A series Q series QnA series Memory Program Program Program cassette Parameter Parameter Parameter RAM Comment Comment Comment File register Initial device value Initial device value Drive 0 Drive 0 Memory Program Standard File register cassette Parameter Local device ROM Program Parameter Comment ROM operation Initial device value Drive 4 Standard Replaceable with a ROM standard ROM in the
12. Specification A61PEU Q61P A1 A2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 A1 100 120VAC 10 15 P Use the Q61P A1 at voltages of 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC 100 120VAC Input power supply 200 240VAC 10 15 A2 200 240VAC 10 15 Use the Q61P A2 at voltages of 170 to 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 200 240VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less Max input apparent 130VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms Rated 5VDC 8A 6A coun the current consumption output of entire system current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 8A or more 6 6A or more protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V protection 24VDC Efficiency 6596 or more 7096 or more LED indication Power indicator Power LED display BVDC output ON Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm ee RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change required terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 Applicable tightening 98 to 137N om 66 to 89N cm x Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque f 250 H x 55 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm External dimensions A 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 8 0 31 2288208 Within 20ms Within 20ms power failure period By noise simulat
13. RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 sleeved crimping x 1 terminals cannot be used Review current capacity when A using 3 QX28s or more since Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A DUM current consumption is increased in that use 250 37 5 W 131 D mm 98 x 27 4 W x 90 D mm E A W 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch KT Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 50kg 0 20kg A using 3 QX28s or more since the weight is increased in that use 1 The following figure shows derating 100 45 C 100 100 55 C o40y 90 87 5 55 264V oN 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 2 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX28 3 18 3 1O MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 Specifications comparisons between AX31 and QX41 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX31 QX41 Compatibiity Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler 12 24VDC 12 24 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not Rated input voltage 24VDC x 50 60Hz applicable 1 8 5mA 24VDC AC Rated input current A 4mA A R 72 input cu 4mA 12VDC AC pprox 4m educed 10 2 to 26 4VDC Operations voltage Ripple ratio within 5
14. applicable power ripple ratio within 5 suppl 20mA E Current 20mA at 24VDC 24VDC TYP per Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 105A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 27 4 External dimensions Sd 98004 om A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg 1 Using the conversion adapter ERNT AQTY41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the external wiring change Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 57 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 19 Specifications comparisons between AY42 and QY42P 3 58 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output i 64 points 64 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Vol 28 8 VDC i ip pA 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC linge over en PD range applicable 0 1A point 2A common When placing next to the Maximum load current dies 0 1A point 2A common power supply module 1 6A common Maximum inrush 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or le
15. Program Parameter Program Parameter Memory card Memory card A Comment Comment RAM xo RAM Initial device value Initial device value File register File register Drive 1 Local device Drive 1 Local device Error history Error history Program Parameter Comment T dk Program Parameter Initial device value Pmoryican Comment 2 ROM f File register Initial device value File register Memory card ROM Drive 2 Drive 2 Only one drive drive 1 or drive2 can be used Program Parameter Comment Initial device value File register Drive 3 Local device Error history Replaceable with a Memory card B memory card ROM RAN in the ROM operation Memory card B ROM Program Parameter Comment Initial device value Drive 4 File register 2 13 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Capacity of each memory The following table shows the memory of CPU modules in which the user program etc is stored together with its capacity Item Memory cassette A series Max 1024k bytes Model QnA series Q series Built in RAM Max 32k bytes for A2CCPU only Max 496k bytes Program memory Max 1008k bytes Program memory SRAM card Max 2M bytes Max 2M bytes EEPROM Memory card j card Max 512k bytes Flash card Max 1M bytes Max 4M byt
16. Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable crimping terminal V1 25 4 V1 25 YS4A V2 S4 V2 YS4A Applicable tightening torque 68N cm External dimensions 250 H x 75 5 W x 121 D mm 9 84 H x 2 97 W x 4 76 D inch Weight kg Substitute the general purpose switching power supply whose specifications are shown below for the A68P Choose current capacity with the result of calculating the current consumption of entire system to be used Specification 0 9 Precautions for replacement 15VDC 3 14 55V to 15 45V Voltage 15VDC 3 14 55 to 15 45V Ripple voltage 50mVp p or less Spike voltage 100mVp p or less Output voltage limit Within 1V 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement 1 Current consumption differs between the Q series and A series modules Select the power supply module with the result of calculating the current consumption of entire system 2 Applicable wire and crimping terminals for terminal blocks differ between the Q Series and the A Series Use the wire and crimping terminals compatible with the specifications 3 The Q61P ALI does not support both 100 and 200 VAC Select the Q61 A1 for 100 VAC or Q61P A2 for 200 VAC according to operating voltage 4 The large capacity type power supply Q64P 8 5A for the Q Series is also available It is recommended to use it when larg
17. p255 chee instruction instruction specification CHKST CJ Pn CHKST 1 CHK instruction HHF 4H CHK P254HHHE 4h CHK 1 Not applicable to the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU 2 Deleting or adjusting is required since it becomes the instruction of different function 8 Converted to SM1255 as unconvertible instruction 7 49 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 8 AnACPU AnUCPU Dedicated Instruction 1 Display method of dedicated instruction The dedicated instructions for the ANACPU AnUCPU using LEDA LEDB LEDC and LEDR instructions are changed into instructions in the same format as basic instructions and application instructions for the QCPU QnACPU Replace or delete instructions that has been converted to the OUT SM1255 OUT SM999 QCPU QnACPU AnACPU AnUCPU Command LEDA B Instruction LEDC SUB S LEDC SUB D Command Instruction 5 0 LEDC SUB n LEDR S D n indicate the data used in instructions 2 Dedicated instruction with changed instruction name For the AnACPU AnUCPU some instruction names are the same as the basic instructions application instructions Those names have been changed for the QCPU QnACPU Function QCPU QnACPU AnACPU AnUCPU Floating decimal point addition E ADD Floating decimal point subtraction E SUB Floating decimal point multiplica
18. Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Compatibility Specification Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Rated t t 10mA 100VAC 60H A Reduced 1 inch tek mA z Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz uns Max 300mA within 0 3ms Max 200mA within 1ms Inrush current o 132VAC 132VAC 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maxi imult 100 16 point U ithin th h in th simu aneous 16 points Refer to the derating chart 2 se wi in e range shown in the on input point simultaneously ON derating figure 80VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current 50Hz 60Hz 40VAC or less 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less OFF voltage OFF t A Reduced 1 UE poni 4mA or less 50Hz 60Hz oe Approx 10 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz Input t A d 1 Approx 12 0 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz BRUM 15ms or less OFF to ON 15 Response E UR 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time 20ms or less ON to OFF 25ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common o arrangement common teminal TB9 TB18 common teminal TB17 Operation indicator ON ind
19. D9125 SD64 annunciator numbers F numbers that are turned on in order are registered into SD64 SD71 The F number turned off by RST F is erased from any of D9126 SD65 5064 to 5071 and the F numbers stored after the erased F number are shifted to the preceding registerers By executing instruction the contents of SD64 to 5071 are shifted upward by one D9127 SD66 When there are 8 annunciator detections the 9th one is not stored into SD64 to SD71 even if detected SET SET SET RST SET SET SET SET SET SET SET D9128 SD67 F50 F25 F99 F25 F15 F70 F65 F38 F110 F151F210 LEDR Annunciator detection Annunciator detection SD62 0 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 D9129 SD68 number number 506310 1 2 2 4 5 6 7 5064 0 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 D9130 069 5065 0 0 25 25 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 15 spes 0 0 o 99 0 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 sp67 0 0 0 70 70 70 70 70 70 65 D9131 SD70 0 0 65 65 65 65 65 38 spe9 0 38 38 38 38 110 D9132 5071 0 110110 110 51 0 1 0 151151210 0 Forward loop during data link 1 Reverse loop during data link 2 Loopback implemented SD1255 in forward reverse D9204 Link status Ku SD999 directions Loopback implemented only in forwa
20. Use two QY50s when using 17 32 points 16 points x points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not ee ee 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC e applicable 0 5A point 4A common z When placing next to the Maximum load current 0 5A point 4A common power supply module 3 3A common Maximum inrush 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 1 5VDC MAX 0 5 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode 16 points common Common terminal P 16 points common arrengement terminal common terminal TB18 1 z g TB18 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED JA h Fuse None conne singes 9 fuse blow capasity 50 Yes When f LED indi Fuse blow indicator ii Mt blows ine cates it and signal is output to CPU i inal SP points removable tormina 18 points terminal block M3x6 External connections block x screw M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiri h i ired ppli wire siz 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required
21. series Qseies X Precautions for replacement 2 can be loaded Possibility of extension Extendable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 183 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 7 20 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 106 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 4 17 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 163 x 200 mm 6 42 x 7 87 inch b Comparisons between A55B and Q55B A QnA series 83 5 x 80 mm 3 29 x 3 15 inch Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement Loaded I O modules 5 can be loaded Possibility of extension Extendable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 297 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 11 69 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 277 x 200 mm 10 91 x 7 87 inch 167 x 80 mm 6 57 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A58B and two Q55Bs Q55B x2 Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement
22. The OFF voltage has been OFF voltage 9V or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A increased 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 9kQ A Increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms Hmeorless Setting 2ms or more input response OFF to ON 2ms or less 8ms or less time in Parameter is not allowed CPU parameter setting M ri Set Ims to the input response time Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms P Setting 2ms or more input response 1ms or less M ONto OFF 2ms or less 8ms or less A time in Parameter is not allowed CPU parameter setting s E Set Ims to the input response time Initial setting is 0 2ms 16 points common Common terminal pal A 16 points common arrengement ssommon terminai Common terminal TB17 2 9 TB9 TB18 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 1 20points removable terminal 18points terminal block External connections x block M3x6 screw M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75 2 core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max Wiring change is required 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A R1 25 3 Applicable crimping 2 S3 2 YS3A sleeved Sira ina terminal Vi 1 1 terminal V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A catinst ue pun x V2 S3 V2 YS3A 32 points I O assignment 16 points I O assignment Occupied points P 0 points id x I O assignment differs Interrupt 32 points Intelligent Current consumption 0 14A TYP all points ON 0 06A TYP
23. 1 D depth varies depending on the module to be mounted Therefore confirm the external dimensions of each module to be mounted 2 For mounting A series module of which depth is 121 mm APPENDICES APPENDICES Appendix 1 Related Manuals Appendix 1 1 Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series L 08043ENG _ Handbook Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series _ 2 Handbook Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Series to Series _ Handbook Network Modules 08048 4 Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series L 08050ENG Handbook Communications Appendix 1 2 A QnA Series No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 MELSEC A QnA Catalog L 08033E 2 MELSEC A QnA Data Book L 08029E 3 Type A1N A2N S1 ASNCPU User s Manual IB 66543 13JE83 4 Type A2A 51 ASACPU User s Manual IB 66544 13 84 5 Type A2U S1 ASU AA4UCPU User s Manual IB 66436 13JE25 6 Q2A CPU 51 Q3ACPU Q4ACPU User s Manual IB 66608 13J821 Type A2CCPU P21 R21 AZCCPU DC24V A2CCPUC24 PRF A2CJCPU User s Manual 134E689 8 Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Fundamentals Programming Manual IB 66249 13J740 9 UI Ne
24. 4 5 3 Precautions for Base Unit and Extension Cable Replacement eseeseese eee ee eee eoe eee ese eoeeeeceeceeses 5 D 5 3 1 5 3 2 Precautions for Base Unit Replacement F 5 Precautions for Extension Cable Replacement 5 5 4 QA65B Model Extension Base Unit 6 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 3 CHAPTER 6 System Configuration 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c00ccccc 6 List of Configurating Devices 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c0cccccc 7 External Dimensions 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000ccccc 8 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 1 6 3 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000cccc 5 1 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement 5 2 CHAPTER 7 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 7 54
25. 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000090 4 7 1 1 7 1 2 7 1 3 7 1 4 Program Conversion Procedure from ACPU to QCPU eeeeeeeeeeeee esee eee ee ee e eee eee eee cecesseee 7 Change PLC Type Operation eeeeeeeee seco eee ee e eee eee eee e eee oo eese eee ness os sos ee eeesocseeeeses 7 5 ACPU Program Conversion Ratio eeeseeeeeeee eee ee ee ee e eee e o eee eee eoe o o eese eoo so sees oss eeeeecos e 7 Reading Reusing Other Format Files e eeeeee ecce eee ee ee eene o eee ee eoo sees o o oes eeoossceee 7 7 2 Instruction Conversion 900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 12 7 2 1 7 2 2 7 2 3 7 2 4 7 2 5 List of Instructions Conversion from A to QCPU Sequence Basic Application Instructions 7 12 List of Instruction Conversion from A to QCPU Dedicated Instructions seseseeceseececeececccees 7 17 Instructions that May Need a Replacement at Instruction Conversion from ACPU to QCPU 7 20 Instruction Conversion from QnACPU to Instructions that May Need a Replacement After Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU eeeeses 7 24 7 3 Precautions for Parameter Replacement 0909000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 25 7 3 1 7
26. Detecting character string length LEN LEN Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 16 bit data LIMIT LIMIT Setting the cursor position LOCATE OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 pel logarithm operations on floating decimal LOG LOG point data Reading word devices in local station LRDP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Writing data to word devices in local station LWTP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Communication with remote terminal modules MINI OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 10 Error resetting with remote terminal modules MINIERR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 10 Multiplication of floating decimal point data MUL E Monitoring PID Control Status PID57 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Contents Reference section Instruction name PID control PIDCONT PIDCONT PID control data setting PIDINIT PIDINIT Displaying ASCII characters PR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 7 8 10 11 2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 9 Sending data up to 004 code PRA OUT SM1255 7 2 3 9 Displaying ASCII characters PRN OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 7 8 10 11 PRN2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 9 Sending designated number of bytes of data OUT SM1255 gt 723 9 a PRV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Writing ASCII characters to the VRAM PRNV OUT SM1255 gt 72301 Writing VR
27. Double word data Digit designation required designation designation designation required required required Word device Real number data o Character string data o 1 Applicable to the first 5 digits of serial number Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU of 04122 or higher 2 For the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU it can be used with the MOV instruction 7 46 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 4 Timer Function QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU 100ms Default M _ SEU Changeable in the range of 1 to 1000ms Fixed to 100ms ment unit Parameter Low speed QnACPU 10 to 1000ms timer ifyi K100 K100 Specifying To i TO method 10ms Default Measure i Changeable in the range of 0 1 to 100ms Fixed to 10me ment unit parameter 3 QnACPU 1 to 100ms High speed timer Specifying the Specifying x high speed timer K100 H K100 HX 200 method L TO Measure i The same measurement unit as low Fixed to 100ms ment unit speed timer Retentive timer Specifying K100 K100 method lt STO lt TO High speed Specifying the retentive timer Specifying Measure The same measurement unit as high ment unit speed timer high speed timer None method E 4 m K100 Setting range for set value 1 to 32767 1 to 32767 Processing the set value 0 Instant ON Infinite No time up Updating present value ON OFF processing for When executing the OUT Tn
28. O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement N f h ing 17 Hine of output 32 points 16 points ee two QY10s when using points points or more Isolation method is different but the Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A i 5 performance is equivalent Rated 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point 9 240VAC 2A 1 point 240VAC 2 1 point voltage current 5A common 8A common Minimum switching 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switchng 250VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 0 7 h 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A Dena thousand Life emque ee EOE IN OSA Replace the module more frequently Electrical 0 ectrical S00VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A m 190 tnou and since the life is approximately half 0 35 200 th A Lei d eeousand 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 0 h 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A s I 300 thousand mousang 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times
29. 3 52 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 14 Specifications comparisons between AY23 and QY22 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output Use two QY22s when using 17 32 points 16 points x points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 100 240VAC 40 to 70Hz 100 240VAC 20 15 Maximum load voltage 264VAC 288VAC 0 6A point 2 4A common When placing next to the 7 Maximum load current 0 6A point 4 8A common power supply module 1 05A common voltate 24VAC 100mA 24VAC 100mA Carefully select load for use since 100VAC 10mA 100VAC 25mA A the minimum load current is 240VAC 10mA 240VAC 25mA increased Maximum inrush 20A 10ms or less 20A 1 cycle or less current 8A 100ms or less y 1 5mA 120VAC 60H 1 5mA or less for 120V 60H Leakage current OFF 2 2 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 3mA or less for 240V 60Hz 3 1 5VAC or less 100 to 600mA Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 8VAC or less 50 to 100mA 1 5V or less 2VAC or less 10 to 50mA OFF to ON 1ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms 0 5 cycles or less time ON to OFF 1ms 0 5 cycles or less Mu rated load resistans load CR absober Surge suppressor CR absober 0 022uF 470 A 8 points common For wiring a different
30. DHABIN DHABIN Conversion from floating point to BIN 32 bit data DINT DINT Dissociation of random data DIS NDIS Division of floating decimal point data DIV E Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 32 bit data DLIMIT DLIMIT Direct output DOUT OUT Direct Reset DRST RST O 32 bit data searches DSER DSER O Direct Set DSET SET Conversion from BIN 32 bit to character string DSTR DSTR Bit tests DTEST DTEST Conversion from character string to BIN 32 bit data DVAL DVAL Zone control for BIN 32 bit data DZONE DZONE DES ineycnare cist EPR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 EPRN OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 M EPRV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Writing characters to the VRAM EPRNV OUT SM1255 72301 Exponent operations on floating decimal point data EXP EXP Sub routine program output OFF calls FCALL FCALL Bit device output reverse FF FF Conversion from BIN 16 data to floating decimal point FLOAT FLT Reading data GET OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 8 10 11 Conversion from hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit HABIN HABIN Conversion from ASCII to hexadecimal BIN HEX HEX ASCA code conversion of designated character INPUT OUT SM1255 7 2 3 7 9 11 strings Eisen INPUT2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 9 INPUT4 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 9 Conversion from floating decimal point data to BIN 16 INT INT IX OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Index qualification of a circuit block IXEND OUT SM1255 72304 Entering data from number keys KEY KEY
31. Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range 12VDC are not applicable 1 P 9 Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 ppa Maximum simultaneous 60 5 point common i Sp Refer to the derating chart 3 simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70 or less Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting x parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms Poms orless Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters Initial setting is 10ms For wiring different voltage 7 8 points common Common terminal 32 points common cannot be applied to each arrangement inal B01 B02 i he QX41 h g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 common teminal B01 B02 common since the Q as only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points r
32. Loaded I O modules 8 can be loaded 5 units x 2 can be loaded Possibility of extension Exten dable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 411 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 16 18 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm x 2 3 86 H 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch x 2 Dimensions for mounting to the panel 391 x 200 mm 5 39 x 7 87 inch 167 x 80 mm x 2 6 57 x 3 15 inch x 2 3 Extension base unit Power supply module loaded a Comparisons between A62B and Q63B M nkseies _ seis Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions When using the renewal tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q68B Precautions for replacement Loaded I O modules 2 can be loaded 3 can be loaded Possibility of extension Exten dable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw M4 screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 283 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 11 14 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 8 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 5 3 218 x 200 mm 8 58 x 7 87 inch 167 x 80 mm 6 57 x 3 15 inch Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounti
33. s 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required 3 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm For A6CON1 or ASCON4 x Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 x Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W 131 D mm 98 27 4 W 90 D mm 9 84 1 48 W 5 16 D inch 3 86 x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX41 S1 2 The following figure shows derating 10 90 on 80 N 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 50 55 C 13 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is pos sible 3 24 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 13 Specifications comprarisons between AX41 UL and QX41 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX41 UL QX41 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC a
34. 0 61 Q63B 189 7 44 167 6 57 Q65B 245 9 65 222 5 8 76 Q68B 328 12 92 306 12 05 Q612B 439 17 30 417 16 42 QA1S65B 130 315 12 41 110 3 110 10 295 11 61 QA1S68B 5 12 420 16 55 4 33 4 33 0 39 400 15 75 10 QA65B 250 9 84 352 13 86 200 7 87 25 0 98 332 13 07 oe 1 2 8 4 D depth varies depending on the module to be mounted Therefore confirm the external dimensions of each module For mounting Q series module of which depth is 90 mm For mounting AnS series module of which depth is 93 6 mm For mounting A series module of which depth is 121 mm 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 2 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions when Mounted with the Upgrade Tool Unit mm inch Dimensions Dimensions for mounting MELSEC A series Base adapter unit ERNT AQB38 480 18 89 460 18 11 A38B A38HB ERNT AQB68 466 18 35 446 17 56 A68B ERNT AQB58 411 16 18 391 15 39 A58B ERNT AQB35 382 15 04 200 362 14 25 A35B ERNT AQB65 9 44 9520386 o s 787 0 98 33211307 A65B ERNT AQB55 297 11 69 277 10 90 A55B ERNT AQB32 247 9 73 227 8 93 A32B ERNT AQB62 238 9 37 218 8 58 A62B ERNT AQB52 183 7 20 163 6 42 A52B
35. 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag 10 2 to 40VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 40mA Current 20mA at 24VDC common i 24VDC TYP per common Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON 250 37 5 W 106 0 mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 22 Specifications comparisons between AY42 S4 and QY42P Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 64 points 64 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC uin range applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 92A common 0 1A point 2A common Maximum inrush 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o at ON 1 0VDC TYP 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Responso 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Photocoupler buid i Surge suppre
36. 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed Functions Not changed External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX70 AX31 None Input module AX31 S1 QX41 5 1 2 3 5 40 QX40 3 2 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT rodut Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX70 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied
37. 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switchin pee oe 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 A be applied to each common since 9 TB18 TB27 TB36 the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not Wi n 290mA required 24VDC TYP all points ON i inal 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x x M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required pplicable wire size o 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring ge is requi R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated External dimensions SAM Une ON 191 D mm ahs A Wiring space is narrower XI 1 1 9 84 x 1 48 W 5 16 D inch 3 86 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 05 Weight 0 59kg 0 22kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 10 Specifications comparisons between AY13E and QY10 3 48 Specification
38. 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not range 10 2 to 26 4VAC Ripple ratio within 5 applicable 1 50 60Hz 5 Maximum simultaneous Use within the range shown in the 100 simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart 3 A i 9 uL on input point derating figure 7VDC AC or more 12 24VAC and 12VDC ON voltage ON current 19V or more 3mA or more x 7 an arenor 2mA or more applicable 1 2 5VDC A 12 24VA OFF voltage OFF current 11V or less 1 7mA or less x 0 7mA or less applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 1 2 20ms or less 12 24VDC msome 1 70ms or less Set the input response time of oe ON Foris Or 185 CPU parameter setting S arameters to 20 m 12 24VAC 60Hz 9 Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ems or res dores 70ms um a Set the input response time of 1 1 DOSE PURIS BI eae CPU parameter setting 2 ne 12 24VAC 60Hz n p m d Initial setting is 10ms 32 points common Common terminal ni 32 points common arrangement Common tamna common terminal B01 B02 1 3 g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable External connections terminal block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screws T 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required 4 Applicabl 7 2mm pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm For ASCON or A am
39. 50Hz Rated input current 10mA 200VAC 60Hz Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz 00 within 0 12ms 500mA within 1ms 264VAC 264VAC UOS TUUS 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum 100 16 points Refer to the derating chart 4 A Use winn the range shown in the on input point simultaneously ON derating figure 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current E 5mA or mor 50Hz 60Hz OFF voltage OFF current 70VAC or less 3 5mA or less SOVA eee eer ee A Reduced 2 50Hz 60Hz Input resistance Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz Approx 24 50 2 Approx 15kQ 50Hz 10ms or less T UN d 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 2 time 20ms or less ON to OFF 25ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 8 points common arrangement common teminal TB9 TB18 common teminal TB17 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 pons removable 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw 2 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm nes pines on aed x Wiring change is required F 1 25 3 spl e camping sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Review current capacity when 7 7 using 2 QX28s more since Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A TUER cu
40. 6 Applicable to the first 5 digits of serial number Q00JCPU Q00CPU and Q01CPU of 04122 or higher T Each 5 points of to FX4 and FYO to FY4 can be used on the programs 8 The number of points that can be used on the programs 9 The number of accessible points to actual I O modules 7 45 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 2 Control Method O Usable Not usable 1 32 control method QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Refresh mode o Pertial refresh instructions Direct Dedicated instructions method Direct access input Direct access output Direct mode The direct output dedicated instructions include the DOUT DSET and SRST instruction and do not include the direct input dedicated instructions 7 7 3 Usable Data Format for Instructions The DIP switch on the AnNCPU enables to switch between refresh mode and direct mode O Usable Condicional usable Not usalbe Setting data QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Bit device Bit data device Bit designation required i i Bit device L4 Digit Digit Digit Word data Digit designation required designation designation designation required required required Word device 7 Digit Digit Digit Bit device oT
41. 9 Parameter re setting is required for the AnNCPU and AnACPU Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible S MEESECNETIMINI with the MELSECNET MINI 7 25 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 3 2 Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the QnACPU program with the QCPU The symbols in the table indicate the following meanings Compatibility O Common item between QnACPU and QCPU therefore can be converted directly A that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Items to be deleted since there is no common item between the QnACPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the conversion and correct re set as required Name mt an Remarks ility 2 Label N 8 Comment e Low speed High speed RUN 2 8 ne 2 8 2 PAUSE o E Remote reset 2 Output mode at STOP to RUN z Common pointer No 9 Generalldata Drocessin n Use COM instructions or set the communication reserved ds P 9 time for the special register SD315 as required No of vacant slots a Interrupt counter setting No A Re setting is required 128 Fixed scan interval O 22 129 Fixed scan interval 130 Fixed scan interval z 99 131 Fixed sc
42. 90 D mm X 1 1 9 84 x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg 1 For use of 48VDC connect a resistor of 5 6kO 1 2W or more in series with the external signal line connected between Q81 and an external device For use of 60VDC connect a resistor of 8 2kO 1W or more in series with the external signal line connected between Q81 and an external device 2 The following figure shows derating 76 100 90 ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature N 28 8VDC 3 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX81 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 36 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 25 Specifications comparisons between AX81 S3 and QX82 S1 Specification AX81 S3 O Compatible QX82 S1 Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 64 points x eet Se BONIECN IR O of Parameter Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operat
43. A M 4 5 to 15VDC TR applicable power ripple ratio witin 596 supply 300mA 170mA at 12VDC Current 12VDC TYP 1 ON MAX all points ON Current consumption 0 30A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 106 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions SUPE an AUN CNI 301D 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 47kg 0 14kg 3 71 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 33 Specifications comparisons between AY80 and QY80 3 72 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output i p 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Volt 28 8VDC i D ae dd 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC over 28 9VDC isnot range applicable 5A point 5A point Maximum load current OSA poini point 2A common 4A common Maximum inrush 7A 10ms or less Carefully select load for use since 4A 10ms or less x current 3 5A 100ms or less the inrush current value differs 1 Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage dro 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A Hos at ON 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less
44. Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX71 AX80 QX80 AX81B None 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions Alternating with QX81 is recommended 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted Connect a 5 6kQ 1 2W or more or 8 2kQ 1W or more resistor serially to the external signal wire at 48VDC or 60VDC respectively 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications AX81 S3 QX82 S1 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applica ble Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed Functions Not changed External wiring Changed D sub FCN connector Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applica AX82 QX82 ble 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF volt
45. ON voltage ON current 19VDC or more 3mA or more 12VDC are not applicable 1 1 1mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 2 4VDC or less 0 39mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 4 8kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input OFF to ON 10ms or less P CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input ON to OFF 10ms or less P CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 32 A common terminal TB9 common terminal 17 18 36 A be applied to each common since g TB18 TB27 TB36 RE the QX81 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal a P 37 pin D sub connector External connections block x option x 6 screw Wiri h iring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm For A6CON1E x ai ie Toga Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 105A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 274 W D External dimensions SUM ett eta mm uii mm A 9 84 x 1 48 W x 5 16 D
46. Response 2ms or less 1ms or less time ON to OFF us n resistive load rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common Common terminal A be applied to each common since arrengement Common terminal TB17 TB9 TB19 the QY80 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Fuse 2A fast blow fuse 1 fuse per 6 7A Unchangeable A When necessary connect a fuse common type Fuse blow capacity 50A externally Yes Yes When fuse is blows LED When fuse is blows LED The QY80 does not detect fuse Fuse blow indicator ae VON ms TRAE indicates it s signal is output to indicates it s signal is output to blown without external power supply CPU CPU 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections x block M3x6 screw M3x6 screw Lm Wiring change is required 1 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm ae 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max 12 24VDC 12 24VDO Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Vi E 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC ag 10 2 to 30VDC m applicable power ripple ratio witin 596 suppl A PPY Current Som 20mA at 24VDC o 24VDC TYP 1 common ON Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Externa
47. STOP methods Specifications MELSAP II START Switching the block active bit on executes forced start STOP Switching the block clear bit on stops the block and switching from on to off executes forced termination MELSAP3 START Switching the block START END bit on starts the concerned block forcibly STOP Switching the block START END bit off stops the concerned block forcibly Precautions for replacement START Adjusting program is not required when replacing the SFC program of the ACPU with the QCPU since in that case the Block active bit is replaced with the Block START END bit STOP Add the program that resets the Block START END bit to the Block clear bit Delete the program that switches the Block clear bit on off The number of active steps and active step numbers reading Reads the number of active steps in the corresponding block and active step numbers Reads only the number of active steps in the corresponding block To read the active step numbers use the Active step batch readout instructions MOV DMOV BMOV 7 43 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement 7 7 1 List of Applicable Devices Device name QCPU QnACPU Q02 Q02H QO06H QOOJCPU 256 points Q12H Q2A 512 points Number of I O points QOOCPU 1024 points Q25H gt 4096 points
48. all points ON 250 H 7 5 W x 121 D x 27 4 W D External dimensions H x 37 5 W x 121 pun 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 40kg 0 20kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QI60 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 5 Blanking Module and Dummy Module Specifications Comparisons Between 1 Specifications comparisons between AG60 and QG60 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of I O number 16 points 16 points points VO assignment Vacant 16 points Vacant 16 points classification Use for parts without I O module Mounted to the slot where no I O Application especially for parts of empty slot module is mounted especially between modules as dust control between modules for dust controll External 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 17kg 0 07kg 2 Specifications comparisons between AG62 and QG60 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AG62 QG60 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of I O Max 64 points number Able to select from 16 points 32 po
49. common comment or program original comment The comment capacity of ACPU is up to 127k 64k 63k bytes Specification Comments are managed as a common comment or program original comment Comments are automatically replaced upon the QCPU conversion The comment capacity of the QCPU depends on memory capacity Writing programs to ROM The ROM operation is executed with the EP ROM Specification The boot run is executed with programs stored in a standard ROM or memory card upon the QCPU replacement Measure Execute the boot setting of PLC parameter Section 7 7 11 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 2 Comparison between QnACPU and QCPU QnACPU specification QCPU specification and precautions for replacement Refer to Sequence program Specification pis Each program is dealt as one file Sp SFC program Each program is dealt as one file Specification With the Change PLC type instructions are converted Dedicated instructions as display automatically except some LED instruction status latch instructions Section Instruction SLT instruction etc Measure 7 2 available The inconvertible instructions are converted to SM1255 and SD1255 which correcting the programs is required Specification Data is stored in a standard RAM or memory card Data is stored in a memory card One block is
50. inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg 1 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX81 3 The following figure shows derating 100 90 ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature N 28 8VDC 4 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX81 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 24 Specifications comparisons between AX81 S2 and QX81 Specification AX81 S2 O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Rated input voltage 48VDC 60VDC 24VDC x 19 gt applicable 1 Rated input current 4 4 Operations voltae TRO 41 to 66VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not x p 9 9 Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 applicable 1 Maximum simultaneous 6096 5 point common s x SM Refer to the derating chart 2 input po
51. positioning upper and lower limits switches and interlocking forward reverse operations When the PLC detects the following problems it will stop calculation and turn off all output in the case of a In the case of b it will hold or turn off all output according to the parameter setting Note that the AnS series module will turn off the output in either of cases a and b a The power supply module has over current protection equipment and over voltage Output OFF Output OFF protection equipment b The CPU module self diagnosis functions such Hold or turn off all output as the watchdog timer error detect problems according to the parameter Output OFF setting In addition all output will be turned on when there are problems that the PLC CPU cannot detect such as in the I O controller Build a fail safe circuit exterior to the PLC that will make sure the equipment operates safely at such times Refer to LOADING AND INSTALLATION in this manual for example fail safe circuits Output could be left on or off when there is trouble in the outputs module relay or transistor So build an external monitoring circuit that will monitor any single outputs that could cause serious trouble Design Precautions When overcurrent which exceeds the rating or caused by short circuited load flows in the output module for a long time it may cause smoke or fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as fu
52. voltage Across external DC terminal 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m batch and ground 500VAC for 1 6562 ft minute Across inputs and outputs LG and FG separated across Across external AC terminal Insulation resistance batch and ground 5MQ or more Inputs and LG FG across outputs and FG LG 10MQ or by insulation resistance tester more by insulation resistance tester Fuses are not included in Spare fuse 1 accessories since they are not Accessory Short chip for applied voltage None x replaceable nor are short chip select terminal 1 since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 3 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 3 Specifications comparisons between A63P and Q63P Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Input power supply 24VDC 30 35 15 6 to 31 2VDC 24VDC 30 35 15 6 to 31 2VDC Input frequency Input voltage distortion Max input apparent 65W 45W Inrush current 100A within 1ms 100A within 1ms at 24VDC input Rated Confirm the current consumption 5VDC 8A 6A of entire system current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 5A or more 6 6A or more protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more Power indicator Power LED display LED indication 5V
53. 0 15kg 1 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY81 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 73 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 35 Specifications comparisons between AY82 EP and QY81P Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output Use two QY81Ps when using 33 64 points 32 points x points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC 0 1A point 0 1A point Maximum load current 0 04A point oA ud 60 ON 55 C Maximum inrush Carefully select load for use since No limit Short protect 0 7A to 10ms or less A y s current the inrush current value differs 1 Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 3 5VDC 0 1A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A at ON 2 5VDC 0 1A TYP 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A OFF to ON 0 5ms or less 1ms or less A 1ms less Response time differs time ON to OFF 1 5ms or less m A rated load resistive load 32 points common Common terminal pe 32 poi
54. 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required 7 NE R1 25 3 eed ee Vague sleeved crimping terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 131 D T I eo ASAD 98 H x 27 4 W 90 D mm External dimensions mm A Wiring space is narrower 3 86 H x 1 08 W 3 54 D inch 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 17kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX10 2 The following figure shows derating 96 10 90 ON 80 ratio 70 PK 120VAC 60 50 132VAC 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 Spacifications comparisons between AX11EU and QX10 O Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible Specification AX11EU QX10 Compatibiity Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 16 points x two QX10s when using 17 points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Rated input current 12mA 120VAC 6
55. 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 42kg 0 14kg 3 55 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 17 Specifications comparisons between AY41 and QY41P 3 56 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output i 32 points 32 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Reviewi ity i 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC capacity is required 1A poi P i h 0 1 0 1 attention to the common 1 6A common 2A common current Maximum inrush 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1 Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A 1 75VDC 5mA 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode 16 points common For wiring a diff Common terminal ie 32 points common d common terminal terminal A01 A02 A be applied to each common since g TB18 TB36 the QY41P has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON
56. 100VAC 50Hz Max 600mA within 0 12ms Max 500mA within 1ms Inrush current o 264VAC 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maxi imul 96 2 i lenges B9 S20 points Refer to the derating chart 1 on input point simultaneously ON 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current E 1 5 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less OFF voltage OFF current 70VAC or less 3 5mA or less A Reduced 2 50Hz 60Hz Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz input resistance pene 60Hz ppi 60Hz Approx 24 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 10ms or less OFF to ON 15ms or less Response 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time 20ms or less ON to OFF 25ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 32 points common Common terminal 8 points common arrangement teminal TB17 9 1 9 TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable 7 pe 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3 x 6 screw x x wW M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required ico R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 iGlesved crimping teaninal terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 P i cannot be used Review current capacity when x using 3 QX28s or more since Current consumption 0 11A
57. 2 9 9 E 2 E 2 2 2 2 2 2 o jaja a a 1 ee 1 Q68B 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 U THE azs co 5s o 2s EXE lt 6 2 16 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 5 Programming Tool and Connection Cable for Q Series CPU 1 Programming tool for Q series CPU The programming for the Q series CPU is performed with GX Developer Note that the following programming software packages are not applicable Compatible CPU Software package model SWOSRXV GPPA ACPU SWOIVD GPPA SWEINX GPPA SWEIVD GPPQ d SWEINX GPPQ 2 Connection cable for Q series CPU There are two connecting methods the RS232 connection and USB connection for the connection between the personal computer which GX Developer is installed and the Q series CPU The con nection availability for the CPU model is shown in the following table Note that the RS232 RS422 conversion cable for the A QnA series CPU are not applicable CPU model RS232connection USB connection Q00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Unavailable Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q12PHCPU Available 2 Q25HCPU Q25PHCPU Available 1 4 Applicable cable is the QC30R2 2 Use the USB cable which conforms to the USB Standard Rev 1 1 Refer to GX Developer Operating Manual for details 2 17 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 1 List of Alternative Models for I O
58. 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Changed Output 2A gt 0 6A 5 Functions Changed No fuse no varistor 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16x2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Changed No fuse 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed AY40A QY68A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Response Slow 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Changed 28 8VDC or more not applicable Rated output current Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY41 UL QY41P Number of occupied I O points Not
59. 28k steps REAGPEFeT Ss QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 8k points gt 1017k points 7 Extension stage 3 stages 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 4 4 4 I O points 1024 points 4096 points Q02CPU 5 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps Renee QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 8k points 1017k points 7 Extension stage 7 stages gt 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 15us 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 2 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points 4096 points QO6HCPU 5 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps gt 60k steps 2 QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 8k points gt 1017k points 7 Extension stage 7 stages gt 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Model Product Q2ACPU Q02CPU Q series altern
60. 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be reexamined External dimensions 2 1310 mim OUT A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 Specifications comparisons between AY11 and QY10 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement ud 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A Isolation metho lie EUR performance is equivalent ESTE 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point 240VAC 2A 5 1 point 240VAC 2A COS4 1 point voltage current 8A common 8A common Minimum vete ling 5VDC 1mA 5V 1mA DC load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand times or more tim
61. A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A mousane T 99Sp 0 00 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A ife Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A limes or more since the life is approximately half 200 thousand 300VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1 100VDC 0 1A ume 309 thousand lisi id thousand 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switehing 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common For wing a different voltage cannot arrengement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Be Space dd etvodimmen SINGS the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Fuse 8A MF51NM8 or FGMA250V8A None x Fuses are not built in 2 Fuse blow indicator None External Voltage PANDO 10 ripple voltage 4 or less External power supply is not m 150mA o required 24VDC TYP all points ON Exteralcormiections 20 points removable terminal block 18 points terminal block P M3 x 6 screw M3 x 6 screw E 0 3 to 0 75mm core 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring chan
62. CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input ON to OFF 16ms or less initial value 969 CPU parameter setting initial setting is 10ms response time of parameters Common terminal arrengement 32 points common Common terminal 1B01 1B02 2B01 2B02 Operation indicator ON indication LED Batch of 8 inputs selected by rotary switch ON indication LED 32 point switch over using switch External connections input 16pin connector 40pin connector Wiring change is required 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm ee For AGCON1 or A6CON4 Ex 12 24VDC xternal Voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC power aco Spot ripple ratio witin 596 u Pu Current 55mA TYP The number of occupied points is 64 points aie 1 64 points 128 points 64points x 2 128 Occupied points output I O assignment 64 oints I O assignment input points when using both modules of a the QX42 and QY42 Current consumption 0 11A TYP 0 09A TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 119 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 69 D inch 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 8 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 1 The following figure shows derating 96 10 90 ON 80 ratio 70 60 24VDC 5
63. D9000 lt SM400 SD400 Change PLC type x Change the PLC type to 012 Are you sure to change all of the data to match the PLC type To check all data select confirm change ren M3000 D9000 lt gt SM400 SD 400 Confirm change C No N Point Some ACPU special registers are not compatible with the QCPU Refer to Section 7 5 3 Those special registers not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special registers SD1255 when changing PLC type Search the dummy special registers SD1255 and correct the programs as required 1 For the Basic model QCPUs converted to the SD999 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU Basically special registers for the QnACPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 5 3 Special Register Replacement List O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Special register Compati Meaning Explanation bility When fuse blown modules are detected the first I O number of the lowest number of the detected modules is stored in hexadecimal Example When fuses of Y50 to 6F output modules Number of module with have blown 50 is stored in hexadecimal D9000 5060 Fuse blown To monitor the number by peripheral devices perform blown fuse monitor operation given in hexadecimal Clea
64. K2147483647 Hexadecimal constant to HFFFFFFFF Real constant 1 17550 38 to E 3 40282 38 Character string QnACPU ABCD 1 The number of points for use can be changed with parameters 2 V is used for edge relays for the QCPU QnACPU 3 The format of instructions that use the accumulator for the AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU is changed for the Q QnACPU 4 For the QOOJCPU QOOCPU Q01CPU they can be used with the MOV instruction 5 Q00JCPU does not have file registers PROGRAM REPLACEMENT AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU A1N 256 points A2U 512 points A2A 512 points A2N 512 points A2U S1 1024 points A2A S1 1024 points A2N S1 1024 points AS3U 2048 points 2048 points 2048 points A4U 4096 points 8192 points Same I O device points of applicable CPU module Total 2048 points Total 8192 points 2048 points 256 points 8192 points 4096 points 1024 56 points Total 2048 points Total 256 points 1024 points 256 points 8192 points 6144 points 1024 points 8192 points 4096 points 1024 points 56 points 256 points 256 points 7 points Z Z1 to Z6 1 point Z 7 points V V1 to V6 1 point V 8192 points block RO to R8191 2 points 8 points 256 points 32 points K 2147483648 to K2147483647 to HFFFFFFFF
65. LED OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 1 Note that the buffer memory address between series and A series may differ 7 14 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Contents Instruction name O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Reference section Character display instructions Oe Tie os LEDB OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Comment display instructions LEDC OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Annunciator reset instruction LEDR LEDR Local station data read LRDP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Local station data write LWTP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Master control set reset MG 2 MCR MCR MOV MOV 16 bit data transfer MOVP MOVP 5 Operation result MPP MPP Operation result push MPS MPS Operation result read MRD MRD BIN 16 bit data 2 s complement Hos Dee 2 NEGP NEGP FOR to NEXT Instructions NEXT NEXT No operation 5 Parallel connection OR OR OR lt OR lt OR lt OR lt BIN 16 bit data comparison 2 OR OR gt OR gt OR gt OR gt Ladder block parallel connection ORB ORB ORD lt ORD lt ORD lt ORD lt BIN 32 bit data comparison ORD gt 2 ORD ORD ORD gt ORD gt ORD ORD gt Parallel connec
66. Meaning Explanation bility Turned on when there is one or more output modules of OFF Normal which fuse has been blown M9000 smeo Fuse blown ON Module with blown Remains ON if the condition is restored to normal thereafter fuse Output modules of remote I O stations are also checked fore fuse condition Turned on if the status of I O module is different form entered status when power is turned on Remains ON if the condition is restored to normal module verification OFF Normal M9002 61 A NR ON Error module verification is done also to remote I O station modules Reset is enabled only when special registers SD1400 to SD1407 SD150 to SD157 are reset SM1255 OFF Normal M9004 x NIMI link error SM999 ON Error Turns ON if an instantaneous power failure of within OFF AC DOWN not 20ms occurs during use of the AC power supply module Reset when power is switched OFF then M9005 SM53 A AC DOWN detection detected Turns ON if an instantaneous power failure of within ON AC DOWN detected 10ms occurs during use of the DC power supply module Reset when power is switched OFF then ON Turns ON when the battery voltage drops to or below the M9006 SM52 Battery d speellied ON Battery low Turns OFF when the battery voltage returns to normal thereafter Turns ON when the battery voltage drops to or below the M9007 SM51 A Battery low latch OTE Normal
67. OFF Reception M9246 Data not received SM999 ON No reception SM1255 OFF Reception M9247 Data not received SM999 ON No reception SM1255 OFF Reception M9250 Parameters not received SM999 ON No reception SM1255 4 OFF Normal M9251 Link relay SM999 ON Abnormal OFF Not being executed SM1255 ON Forward or reverse M9252 Loop test status A SM999 loop test execution underway OFF RUN or STEP RUN M9253 SM1255 Master station operation status SM999 status ON STOP or PAUSE status OFF RUN or STEP RUN Local station other than SM1255 7 status M9254 host station operation SM999 ON STOP or PAUSE status status M9255 SM1255 Local station other than OFF Normal SM999 host station error ON Abnormal 7 35 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 5 Special Register Replacement 7 5 1 1 7 5 2 A special register is an internal register that has a set application in a PLC This section explains how to replace reuse the special registers of the A series programs with the Q series Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special register from the one for the ACPU With the Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the ACPU special register D9000 and after with the QCPU special register SD Operation procedure The following dialog box is displayed after changing PLC type Click Yes to execute the Change PLC type after checking Convert M9000
68. PLC type The following explains how to process both applicable instructions and not applicable instructions for the conversion 7 2 1 List of Instructions Conversion from A to QCPU Sequence Basic Application Instructions O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Contents Reference section Instruction name BIN 16 bit addition subtraction E HE P P ANS P P BIN 16 bit multiplication division P P Ladder block series connection ANB ANB Series connection AND AND lt AND lt AND lt AND lt AND lt gt AND lt gt 16 bit data comparison AND gt gt AND gt AND gt ANDD lt ANDD lt ANDD lt ANDD lt ANDD lt gt ANDD lt gt 32 bit data comparison ANDD ANDD ANDD gt ANDD gt ANDD gt ANDD gt Series connection ANI ANI Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 B B ae e B P B P BCD 4 digit addition subtraction B B A UT B P B P BCD 4 digit multiplication division B B 5 m BCD BCD Conversion from BIN data to 4 digit BCD BCDP BCDP DP BIN BIN Conversion from 4 digit BCD to BIN dat
69. Precautions for replacement Number of output E uic 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 100 240VAC 50 60Hz 5 100 240VAC 10 15 Maximum load voltage 264VAC 288VAC Carefully select load for use since Maximum load current 2A point 3 3A common 0 6A point 4 8A common x the maximum load current per point is lowered m 24VAC 100mA 24VAC 100mA Carefully select load for use since Minimum load voltage n eni 100VAC 10mA 100VAC 25mA A the minimum load current is gu 240VAC 20mA 240VAC 25mA increased Maximum inrush 40A 10ms or less Carefully select load for use since 20A 1 cycle or less A current 15A 100ms or less the inrush current value differs 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 1 5mA or less for 120V 60Hz Leakage current OFF o inus 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 3mA or less for 240V 60Hz 1 5VAC or less 1 to 2A Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 8VAC or less 0 2 to 1A 1 5V or less 5VAC or less 0 2A or less OFF to ON 1ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms 0 5 cycles or less time ON to OFF 1ms 0 5 cycles or less d rated load resistans load CR absober Surge suppressor 0 022uF 470 CR absober A Varistors are not built in 1 Varistor 387 to 473V 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common rendement common terminal common terminal TB17 A be applied to
70. Program Number of occupied I O points Changed AY11A QY18A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Changed No varistor External wiring Changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules required Program Number of occupied I O points Changed AY11AEU QY18A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Changed No varistor External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 11 QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Changed No fuse no varistor External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed Output module AY11EEU QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Changed No fuse no varistor External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY11 UL QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Changed No varistor 1 External wiring Changed 2 Num
71. R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminal Vi 1 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 LUE x cannot be used 12 24VDC oai Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Vi G 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag 10 2 to 30VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 50mA Current 20mA at 24VDC d 24VDC TYP per common Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D x 27 4 W D External dimensions sa SR A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 53kg 0 17kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 25 Specifications comparisons between AY51 S1 and QY50 3 64 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output Use two QY50s when using 17 A 32 points 16 points x points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Volt 28 8 VDC i ipu omit 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC oltage over 29 8 VDC range applicable 0 3A point 2A common Maximum load current en 0 5A point 4A Common 1A fuse Maximum inrush 3A 10ms or less 10 or le
72. RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm a External dimensions in ah inch pm x i x Hm D inch A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg 1 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 Specifications comparisons between AY11E and QY10 3 44 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number 16 points 16 points points Isolatonimethod Photocoupler Relay Isolation method is different but the performance is equivalent Eus 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point 240VAC 2A COS6 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point voltage current 8A common 8A common Pup SIDE 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA load Maximum switchng 250VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand
73. ROM operation of the ACPU corresponds to the boot run of the QCPU The overview of the boot run is explained below Refer to QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals for details QCPU boot run procedure Step 1 Setting Boot file In the Boot file setting of the PLC parameter of the GX Developer set the file name and storage destination of the sequence program and parameter to be executed Step 2 Writing to standard ROM Using the GX Developer write the sequence program and parameter to the standard ROM Step 3 Setting the switch of the QCPU Using the DIP switch of the QCPU set the storage destination of parameter in the standard ROM Step 4 Executing the program Reset with the RESET L CLR switch The operation starts with the BOOT LED lit 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 000000 Unit mm inch Dimensions Dimensions for mounting Q32SB 114 4 49 101 3 98 Q33SB 142 5 59 129 5 08 Q35SB 197 5 7 78 184 5 7 26 Q33B 189 7 44 169 6 65 Q35B 245 9 65 224 5 8 84 Q38B 328 12 92 nid aa 308 12 13 Q312B 3 86 439 17 30 3 86 3 15 0 28 419 16 50 Q52B 106 4 17 83 5 3 29 15 5 Q55B 189 7 44 167 6 57
74. SH 080009 13JL88 26 Q Corresponding Serial Communication Module User s Manual Basic SH 080006 13JL86 27 QCorresponding Intelligent Communication Module User s Manual SH 080089 13JR16 28 FL net OPCN 2 Interface Module User s Manual SH 080350E 13JR61 29 AS i Master module type A1SJ71AS92 User s Manual SH 080085 13JR15 APPENDICES Appendix 1 4 Programming Tool No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SH 080373E 13JU41 2 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SFC SH 080374E 13JU42 3 GX Simulator Version 6 Operating Manual SH 080169 13JU17 4 Type SWAIVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual 1B 66855 13JL62 Appendix 1 5 Related Catalog Manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Catalog name Catalog Namber Mitsubishi Programmable Logic Controller Upgrade Tool SAN C033E 04Z App 4 APPENDICES Memo App 5 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the custome
75. TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON A current consumption is increased in that use 250 x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions A Wiring space is narrower Misit 8 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch VAI apace Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 50kg 0 20kg A using 3 QX28s or more since the weight is increased in that use 1 The following figure shows derating 96 10 90 O 410096 55 C rN 87 5 55 C 80 70 ON ratio 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 240V 264V 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX28 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 Specifications comparisons between AX21EU and QX28 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX21EU fe 97 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 8 points Use the appropriate number of Number of input points 32 points P x QX28s when using 9 points or 16 points occupied more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 Approx
76. This set capacity is called as the write during RUN reserved step By default 500 steps are reserved The following shows the setting screen for Allocate memory for Write during RUN as a reference Write to PLC TA Whole range Reso fe fs Reauing Same kime 3j statement fate m 2 15 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 4 No of Base I O Slots The following table indicates how the No of base I O slots is allocated for each series Model Item z A series QnA series Q series To use a base unit other than 8 slots set the number of slots No of base I O slots Fixed to 8 slots regardless of the actual number Supplement Default follows the actual slot number Setting changeable with parameter The following gives an example of replacing the A35B A68B system Default parameter is used with the Q35B Q68B system A series I O assignment before replacement Q series I O assignment after replacing modules A35B Q35B Ble o 41 2 3 4 um m vio Dp BY 22 5 565 c 5 3 lt lt lt Dale a A a c 2 Pu i 5 g sjsa s s3 s8 5 D lt o i d ilazlzlzlz 5 51815 8 2 als 2a ESE 8 8 8 8 Q68B a 8 2 8 18 8 8 M 5 7 8 9 10 1 12 MERE E v A68B E ag Y 8 9
77. W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 18kg 1 Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX42 3 The following figure shows derating 10 N ON 80 ratio 70 NS 24VDC 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature Specification 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible QX42 S1 15 Specifications comparisons between AX42 S1 and QX42 S1 Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 Operations voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC E Tes NC A 12VDC are not applicable range Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum simultaneous 60 20 point common Use within the range shown in the 3 x Refer to the derating chart 2 A n on input point simultaneously ON derating figure ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5V or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC
78. and 2 4 1 CPU has become RUN status Q series Sets the output Y status at the 5 Eh change from STOP to RUN to re Resetting parameters is 9 outputting data before STOP required to replace the QnA changinoimom outputting data after the operation series with the Q series STOP to RUN puring execution For the Q series use COM Number of Sets the number of general data instructions or set the general data processing executed in one END communication reserved time processing operation with special register SD315 if necessary A CPU incorporates a clock which The Q series uses 4 digit can be read written The clock data year of the western calendar Clock function consists of year month day hour while the QnA series uses the minute second and a day of the WP weak lower 2 digit year 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method Not usable QnA i Q series series Reference section Function Contents Precaution for replacement QnACPU Performance Process 2 For the Q series it is necessary to set the gt Section a UE END en al O 3 O 3 O 3 reserved capacity for the 243 write during RUN in a advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card The Q series does not Status latch at the occurrence of an error for O 5 x x include the status latch monitoring by the perip
79. are not applicable Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Set the input response time of OFF to ON 0 5ms or less mpy p i CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Set the input response time of ON to OFF 0 5ms or less ee CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms Common eminal 32 points common 32 points common common terminal 1B1 1B2 common terminal 1B01 O arrangement 2B1 2B2 1B02 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch 40 pin connector External connections 40 pin connector x 2 option with solder x 2 p x2 option TOT 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm bh For AGCON1 or AGCON4 T The 40 pin connectors are sold Two external wiring Accessory x separately Purchase them connectors separately Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON b 1 250 H x 37 5 W x 106 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions A Ms 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 51kg 0 18kg i Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX42 S1 2 The following figure shows derating 10 90 80 70 ON
80. candidate instructions S P ZCOM Jn or S P 5 dedicated Network instructions ZCOM Un instruction instructions ZNRD ZNWR Counter Measure ZNFR Reprogram the network modules to use with the QCPU ZNTO PROGRAM REPLACEMENT E ACPU Instruction type Corrective action instruction PVWR1 PVWR2 Control Instructions for high SVWR1 6 speed counter module type SVWR2 AD61 S1 PVRD1 Counter Measure PVRD2 PRN Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Control Instructions for PR computer link module type 7 INPUT AJ71C24 S3 S6 S8 SPBUSY AJ71UC24 SPCLR PRN Control Instructions for PR 8 memory card interface GET module type AD59 Special PUT function PRN2 modules PRN4 instructions PR2 PR4 Control Instructions for Me INPUT2 9 terminal interface INPUT4 Counter Measure moduleType AJ71C21 S1 GET Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU PUT Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be used SPBUSY SPCLR INPUT PRN Control Instructions for PR MELSECNET MINI S3 10 MINI Master Module Type MINIERR AJ71PT32 S3 SPBUSY SPCLR 7 22 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Instruction type ACPU instruction name Corrective action 1 Special function modules instructions Control instructions for AD57 S1
81. changed 5 1 2 3 5 HS Input module 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 4 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications AX21 QX28 Rated input voltage Changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 4 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications AX21EU QX28 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed Alternating with QX41 is recommended When applying DC input 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX71 When applying AC input Convert the 12 24VAC to DC externally before input ting to QX41
82. changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Not changed AY22 QY22 AY23 QY22 Output module AY40 QY40P AY41 QY41P 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Not changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY42 QY42P Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Not changed External wiring Not changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY42 S1 QY42P 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Response time Changed from 0 3ms to 1ms or less Functions Not changed External wiring Not changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY42 S3 QY42P 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Changed The short protection function is equivalent to a fuse 1 External wiring Changed External power supply is required 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY42 S4 QY42P Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Output module Rated output current Not changed 5 Fun
83. existing modules on the A base with the Q series modules sequentially and remove the QA extension base QA65B when all the modules have been replaced SLU ss 2 Use the QA extension base QA65B The properties such as the existing large sized A power supply I O modules etc can be used The existing wiring is usable without modification Existing large sized AUD 1 INTRODUCTION 2 Transition to Q series by utilizing existing terminal block wiring Method Use the upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and the existing mounting hole terminal block wiring Advantage No need to process additional holes and the existing wiring is usable Existing large sized A Q series Upgrade tool Remove the existing terminal block with wiring and mount it onto the renewal tool Base adapter 1 INTRODUCTION Replacement procedures Remove the existing large sized A series together with the base and use the existing mounting holes to mount the upgrade tool Base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Then mount the Q series By mounting the base adapter it is not necessary to redo the mounting holes Mount the upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd on the mounted Q series I O
84. fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit Specification 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT AY13EU 11 Specifications comparisons between AY13EU and QY10 O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement N f QY10s wh sing 17 output 32 points 16 points Use two s when using points points or more Isolation method is different but the Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A 1 performance is equivalent rs 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point Rated switching 24VAC 2A COS6 1 point 240VAC 2A COS6 1 point voltage current 5A common 8A common Mini itchi TATUS EDEN 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switchng 49 9VAC 264VAC voltage 74 9VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 5 0 7 300 thousand AVAC TSA ie or ia i COS 0 7 200 thousand 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Electrical times or more COS6 0 3
85. heat dissipation Startup and Maintenance precautions Do not touch the terminals while power is on Doing so could cause shock or erroneous operation Correctly connect the battery Also do not charge disassemble heat place in fire short circuit or solder the battery Mishandling of battery can cause overheating or cracks which could result in injury and fires Switch off all phases of the externally supplied power used in the system when cleaning the module or retightening the terminal or module mounting screws Not doing so could result in electric shock Undertightening of terminal screws can cause a short circuit or malfunction Overtightening of screws can cause damages to the screws and or the module resulting in fallout short circuits or malfunction Startup and Maintenance precautions CAUTION The online operations conducted for the CPU module being operated connecting the peripheral device especially when changing data or operation status shall be conducted after the manual has been carefully read and a sufficient check of safety has been conducted Operation mistakes could cause damage or problems with of the module Do not disassemble or modify the modules Doing so could cause trouble erroneous operation injury or fire Use any radio communication device such as a cellular phone or a PHS phone more than 25cm 9 85 inch away in all directions of the PLC Not doing
86. lso ation merod gt citrerent purine performance is equivalent Rated switchin 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point 9 240VAC 2 1 point 240VAC 2A 1 point voltage current 8A common 8A common SLE 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA load Maximum 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 200VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A thousang 0 7 200 thousand 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life A times or more 05 0 35 100 th d Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A ausan since the life is approximately half 200 thousand 500A 0 3A 240VAC 0 158 A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A eS 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Meximum switening 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 A be applied to ea
87. modules Remove the terminal blocks wired from the existing large sized A series I O modules and mount the blocks on the conversion adapter The existing wiring is usable Programs are automatically converted by changing the PLC type from ACPU to QCPU using GX Developer Even if the module arrangement is changed the I O can be assigned to the same number as before which cuts out the need to modify the programs and slot number for I O module Someinstructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed Existing large sized A Q series la Upgrade tool Base adapter SSS SSS SSS SSS T POOP ooo eee eee i l SS Upgrade tool Conversion adapter Utilize the existing wiring of the I O module The upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd contact your local sales office 1 1 3 Precautions for Transition from Large sized A QnA Series to Q Series a Be sure to confirm its functions specifications and instructions by refer
88. more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC thousand T 200 tiousand 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A ife Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A imas oF more since the life is approximately half Flee 200 thousand 50 0VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A d 300 thousand oe 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency 8 points common For wiring different voltage cannot Common terminal N 16 points common arrengement common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 A be applied to each common since TB18 the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED External Voltage 10 mo ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not 150mA 24VDC TYP all points required supply Current o ON 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Bea x Wiring change is required 1 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeve
89. o 0 vj OO 0 y O points indicating the spit i Fuse blown module M MCA M A modules whose fuses D9104 SD134 Nom s0137 0 0 0 0 fb D9105 SD135 Indicates fuse blow Fuse blow check is executed also to the output module of D9106 SD136 remote I O station Not cleared even if the blown fuse is replaced with a new D9107 SD137 Ones This flag is cleared by error resetting operation SD1255 Vi 1 1 1 09108 80999 Convert to the corresponding special register 5090 to SD96 D9109 SD1255 Set the set value of the step transition watchdog timer SD999 and the annunciator number F number that will turn on SD1255 when the watchdog timer times out D9110 SD999 b15 to b8 b7 to bO D9111 SD1255 Step transfer monitoring Timer setting valve and SD999 timer setting the f number at time out SD1255 F number setting Timer time limit setting 09112 SD999 02 to 255 1 to 255 s 1 s units D9113 SD1255 By turning on any of SM90 to SM96 the monitoring timer SD999 starts If the transfer condition following a step which SD1255 corresponds to the timer is not established within set D9114 ess time set annunciator F is tuned on D9116 SD150 When I O modules of which data are different from those entered at power on have been detected the I O D9117 SD151 module numbers in units of 16 points are entered in bit pattern Preset I O modu
90. or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maxi itchi aimu Seng 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Surge suppressor None None 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common rondement common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 A be applied to each common since 9 TB18 TB27 TB36 i the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 8A MF51NM8 or F ilt in 1 Fuse FGMA250V8A None x uses are not built in Fuse blow indicator None 24VDC 10 External Voltage 9 WO ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not m 290mA o required PPy y 24VDC TYP all points ON i inal 38 points removable terminal 38 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required R1 25 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 2 E Wi 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 0 inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 22kg 1 Mount a
91. set in 32k points unit Section 9 One block is set in 32k points unit Measure 7 7 10 Review the setting since the number of memory cards differs between the two CPUs Specification Dedicated parameters for each CPU are provided Dedicated parameters for each provi Section Parameter Measure CPU are provided 7 8 Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Specification 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 aye provided Section Special relay Measure are provided 7 4 Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specification 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are provided Section Special register Measure provided 7 5 Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specification Comments are managed as a Sp l Comments are managed as a Comment common comment or program ay common comment or program original comment 2 original comment Specification The boot run is executed with the The boot run is executed with programs stored in a standard Writing programs to program and parameter stored in ROM or memory card upon QCPU Section a memory card replacement ROM 7 7 11 Up to two memory cards can be installed One memory card can be installed Measure Execute the boot setting of
92. shaped hole for M5 screw screw hole or 4 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 247 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 9 72 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 114 W x 18 5 D mm 3 86 H x 4 49 W x 0 75 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 227 x 200 mm 101 x 80 mm 8 94 x 7 87 inch 3 98 x 3 15 inch b Comparisons between A32B S1 and Q33B Loaded I O modules 2 can be loaded 3 can be loaded Possibility of extension Exten dable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 268 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 10 55 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 189 W 44 1 0 mm 3 86 H 7 44 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 248 x 200 mm 169 x 80 mm 9 76 x 7 87 inch 6 65 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A35B E and Q35B Loaded I O modules A35B E 5 can be loaded Possibility of extension Exten dable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 382 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 15 04 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 245 W x 44 1 D mm 8 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel d Comparisons between A38B E UL A38HB A38HBEU and Q38B Loade
93. simultaneously ON 8 derating figure 9 5VDC or more ON voltage ON current 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 3mA or more 6VDC or less OFF voltage OFF current 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 1 5mA or less Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 1 for th OFF to ON 10ms or less MM ue Om forthe CPU parameter setting input response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 1 for th ON to OFF 10ms or less i del ue Ome tor the CPU parameter setting input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 32 32 Common terminal common terminal common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 1B01 1B02 2B01 2B02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch The 40 pin connectors are sold 40 connector 40 pin connector x 2 pi External connections separately Purchase them with solder x 2 option separately 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 106 D x 27 4 W D External dimensions 308 See MP b M ide 20 A 9 84 H x 1 48
94. so can cause a malfunction Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system before mounting or removing the module Not doing so could result in damage to the product Note that the module can be changed online while power is on in the system that uses the CPU module compatible with online module change or on the MELSECNET H remote I O station Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be changed online while power is on and each module has its predetermined changing procedure For details refer to this manual and the online module change section in the manual of the module compatible with online module change Do not mount remove the module onto from base unit more than 50 times IEC61131 2 compliant after the first use of the product Failure to do so may cause the module to malfunction due to poor contact of connector Do not drop or give an impact to the battery mounted to the module Doing so may damage the battery causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery If the battery is dropped or given an impact dispose of it without using Before touching the module always touch grounded metal etc to discharge static electricity from human body etc Not doing so can cause the module to fail or malfunction Disposal Precautions NCAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste Transportation Precautions CAUTION When transporting li
95. sold Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors m External connections separately Purchase them solder optional separately 0 3mm AWG 22 or le Applicable wire size 0 3mm for AGCON1 or AGCON4 The 40 pin connectors are sold Two external wiring connec Accessory inm x separately Purchase them separately 12 24VDC 12 24VDO Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Vi b 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A M 10 2 to 40VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 40mA 20mA at 24VD Current 24VDC TYP per common at C common Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 106 D H x 274 W D External dimensions 106 un eet IU ORA Hm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 8 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg 3 59 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 21 Specifications comparisons between AY42 S3 and QY42P 3 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output i 64 points 64 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC ing Vol 28 8 VDC i Operating load voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o tage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable 0 1A point 2A comm
96. specified SMG OWAI ON Battery low Remains ON if the battery voltage returns to normal thereafter OFF No error i a M9008 SM1 A Self diagnosis error Turned on when error is found as a result of self ON Error diagnosis OFF No F number Turned on when OUT F of SET F instruction is M9009 SM62 Annunciator detection detected executed ON F number detected Switched off when SD63 data is zeroed Turned on when operation error occurs during execution OFF No error of application instruction SM56 A Operation urror flag ON Error Remains ON if the condition is restored to normal thereafter M9012 SM700 C fl CEP Cany C flag used in application instruction a arn 1 1 1 1 uction ee ON Carry ON BIS Ph M9016 SM1255 Dat OFF Ignored x ata memor SM999 9 ON Output claered M9017 SM1255 Dat OFF Ignored x ata memor SM999 9 ON Output claered User timing clock M9020 SM420 o No 0 Relay which repeats on off at intervals of predetermined User timing clock scan See 9 No 1 When power is turned on or reset is per formed the User timing clock n2 scan n2 scan clock starts with off M9022 SM422 e a Set the intervals of on off by DUTY instruction o User timing clock n DUTY SM1020 M9023 SM423 7 No 3 n1 ON scan interval User timing clock n2 OFF scan interval M9024 SM424 4 OFF Ignored Writes the clock data stored in SD210 to SD213 to the M9025 SM21
97. upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when fuse blown display is necessary 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 29 Specifications comparisons between AY60S and QY68A 3 68 Specification Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 paints 8 points Use two QY68As when using 9 x points P 16 points occupied points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Rated load voltage 24 48VDC 12V 5 24VDC A ag applicable ing 21 2 8VD Vol 28 8VDCi Operating load voltage 6 to 52 8VDC 4 5 to 28 8VDC oltage over 28 8VDC is not range 10 2 to 52 8VDC applicable 2A points 6 4A common 5A fuse Maximum load current When placing next to the 2A points 8A unit power supply module 5 common Maxi i h 4A 100ms or less x ds 8A 10ms or less current 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage dro 1VDC 2A 0 3VDC MAX 2A o at ON Response OFF to ON ims or less 3ms or less A A TET Response time differs time ON to OFF 3ms or less resistive load 10ms or less resistive load A Surge suppressor Varistor 90 to 110V Zener diode 1 8 points common The wiring of terminal block differs Common terminal Not provided amenuemert common terminal all points indep
98. voltage ON current 19VDC or more 3mA A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1 he i i f OFF to ON 5 5ms TYP 1ms or less A Set the input response time o CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms he i i f ON to OFF 6 0ms TYP 1ms or less A Set the input response time o CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms RENIE 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Set the input response time of time high OFF to ON 0 5ms or less A mes P CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms Speed m HAMA a Initial setting is 0 2ms mode 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms Eppes 1ms or less Set the input response time of 1 1 points ON to OFF 1 0ms or less pu P CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 4 ms only P Initial setting is 0 2ms 8 points common 32 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal common terminal TB9 common terminal 1B01 1B02 A be applied to each common since 9 TB18 2B01 2B02 the QX82 S1 has only common ON indication LED Operation indicator ON indication LED 32 point switch over using switch 20 points removable terminal External connections block 40 pin connect
99. voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common A common terminal be applied to each common since arrengement common terminal TB17 TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 the QY22 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 3 2A fast blow fuse 1 fuse per Fuse None E common type HP 32 D Fuses are not built in 1 RUE LED is turned ON when fuse Fuse blow indicator x is blown Signal is output to a PLC CPU 38 points removable terminal ii 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x X M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required roe R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimpina terminals Vi 1 1 1 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 png D cannot be used Current consumption 0 59A TYP all points ON 0 25A MAX all points ON 250 37 5 W 131 D mm 98 27 4 W 112 3 0 mm o External dimensions Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 4 42 D inch 05 Weight 0 55kg 0 40kg 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deferioration upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 53 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 15 Specifications comp
100. within 5 A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Maximum sind taneous 100 8 point common 100 simultaneously ON o on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON 70ms or less o Use initial valu 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF idms orles 70ms or less o Use initial valus 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 8 points common For wiring different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common ERES common terminal TB9 common terminal TB18 A be applied to each common since TB18 the QX80 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm i ae x Wiring change is required 3 s dem R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5
101. withstand FG FG o voltage 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 6562 ft 6562 ft Across inputs and outputs LG Across inputs and outputs LG and FG separated across and FG separated across 2 2 inputs LG FG across inputs and LG FG across Insulation resistance outputs and FG LG 10MQ or outputs and FG LG 10MQ or more by insulation resistance more by insulation resistance tester tester Fuses are not included in Spare fuse 1 accessories since they are not Accessory Short chip for applied voltage None x replaceable nor are short chip select terminal 1 since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 6 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 6 Specifications of A68P Specification Input power supply A68P 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 200 240VAC 10 15 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 Input voltage distortion Max input apparent 95VA power Inrush current 20A within 8ms Rated 15VDC 1 2A output 15VDC 0 7A current Overcurren 15VDC 1 64A or more tprotection 15VDC 0 94A or more Efficiency 65 or more Power indicator Power LED display Power ON monitor output Contact output Switched on if 15VDC output is 14 25V or higher or 15VDC output is 14 25V or lower Min contact switching load 5VDC 10mA Max contact switching load 264VAC 2A R load Terminal screw size M3 x 0 5 x 6
102. x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 98 0 31 280558 momentary within 20ms within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us Noise durability Noise voltage 1500 Vp p noS ArT Eua noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Across external AC terminal batch and ground 1500VAC for Across inputs LG and outputs Dielectric withstand 1 minute FG 5 voltage Across external DC terminal 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m batch and ground 500VAC for 1 6562 ft minute Across inputs and outputs LG FG separated across Across external AC terminal Insulation resistance batch and ground 5MQ or more inputs ane LEEG across outputs and FG LG 10 or by insulation resistance tester more by insulation resistance tester Fuses are not included in Spare fuse 1 accessories since they are not Accessory Short chip for applied voltage None x replaceable nor are short chip select terminal 1 since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 2 Specifications comparisons between A62P and Q62P O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification Compatibility Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100 240VAC 10 15 200 240V
103. 0 Clock data set request ON Set request present CPU module after the END instruction is executed in the used scan in which SM210 turned from OFF to ON OFF No error 9026 SM211 Clock data error ON Error Switched on by clock data SD210 to SD213 error OFF Ignored M9027 SM212 x Clock data display ON Display OFF Ignored Reads clock data to SD210 to SD213 in BCD when M9028 SM213 Clock data read request q ON Read request SM213 is on PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special relay O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation OFF Batch processing M9029 SM1255 Batch processing of data not conducted SM999 communications requests ON Batch processing conducted M9030 SM410 0 1 second clock 0 05s 0 055 0 1 second 0 2 second 1 second and 2 second clocks M9031 SM411 0 2 second clock 0 1s are generated 0 18 Not turned on or off per scan but turned on and off even during scan if corresponding time has elapsed M9032 SM412 1 second clock 0 5s Starts with off when PLC power supply is turned on or 0 55 r CPU module reset is performed M9033 SM413 2 second clock 1s 1s Substituted with 2n second clock SM414 The following describes the operations of SM414 Alternates between ON and OFF according to the M9
104. 0 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 0 18kg 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX40 3 77 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 78 b Specifications comparisons between A42XY output part and QY42P O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification Number of output points A42XY Output specification 64 points 64 points Precautions for replacement Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Output type Dynamic scan of 8 input 8 Static Set the static Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 10 2 to 26 4VDC ripple ratio witin 5 12 24VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Max output current 50mA per point built in limiting resistor 1kQ not used 0 1A point 2A common Max voltage drop at ON 1 5V on the source side built in limiting resistor not used 1V on the sink side 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Max simultaneously 60 when built in 1kQ limiting 100 simultanellously ON ON resistor 50 mA point OFF to ON 16ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 16ms or less rated load resistive load Common terminal arrengement 32 points common Common terminal 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 Operation indicator ON indication LED Batch of 8 inputs selected by rotar
105. 000 App 2 Appendix 1 4 Programming Tool 0 090000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 App 4 Appendix 1 5 Related Catalog Manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd App 4 12 1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 1 1 Suggestions for Transition from Large sized A QnA Series to Q Series 1 1 1 Advantages of Transition to Q series 1 Advanced performance of equipments Tact time reduction The Q series includes faster operation processing speed faster bus speed and dual processors of Super MSP MELSEC SEQUENCE PROCESSOR and general purpose processor to provide approximately 5 times more efficient processing than the A series This realizes more advanced performance of equipments 2 Compact control panel and space saving As the Q series needs only 1 4 mounting area of the A series it is possible to create more compact control panel 3 Improved maintainability a The high speed program ports USB port and high speed serial port enable the program reading writing time to be greatly reduced resulting in improvement of on site maintainability b As standard ROM Flush ROM is built in the Q series ROM operation can be performed Without Battery without a memory card c As large files can be managed it is possible to store conventional programs as correction history in memory 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 2 Suggestions for Transition
106. 034 sire 1 minute clock ns seconds specified at SD414 Default n 30 SM999 ns Not turned on or off per scan but turned on and off even during scan if corresponding time has elapsed Starts with off when PLC power supply is turned on or CPU module reset is performed M9036 SM400 Always ON ON DOES E OFF Used as dummy contacts of initialization and application instruction in sequence program SM400 and SM401 are turned on and off without regard M9037 SM401 Always OFF ON to position of RUN STOP switch SM402 and SM403 are OFF under the same condition as RUN status except when the RUN STOP switch is at STOP position and turned M9038 SM402 ON for 1 scan only after oN TN off and on Switched off if the RUN STOP switch is in RUN opre En STOP position SM402 is on for one scan only and SM403 is off for one scan only if the key switch is not in RUN flag After RUN STOP position M9039 SM403 9 ON gt OFF for 1 scan only OFF 1 scan OFF PAUSE disabled M9040 SM206 PAUSE enable coil ON PAUSE enabled If SM206 is on when the remote PAUSE or PAUSE OFF PAUSE not in contact is turned on by the GX Developer the CPU M9041 SM204 PAUSE status contact effect module goes to PAUSE status and SM204 turns on ON PAUSE in effect OFF STOP not in effect i N STOP switch is in STOP M9042 SM203 STOP status contact Switched on when the RUN STOP switch is in STO ON STOP in effect position OFF Sampling trace Turned o
107. 0Hz Fia 7mA pid us A Reduced 1 Max 300mA within 1ms Max 200mA within 1ms Inrush current o 132VAC 132VAC Operating voltage range 85 to 132 VAC 85 to 132VAC 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum Simu taneous 50 20 points Refer to derating chart 2 o on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 79VAC or more 6mA or more BOVAG or more omA or more 50Hz 60Hz OFF voltage OFF current 40VAC or less 4mA or less SONG OU A Reduced 1 50Hz 60Hz p Approx 10kQ 60Hz Approx 12kO 60Hz input resistance Approx 12kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz A Increased 1 15ms or less 15ms or less Response Oc ioo 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Q time ON to OFF 25ms or less 20ms or less 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal common terminal TB17 TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED ia pana removable 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3 x 6 x M3 5 x 6 screw Applicable wire size DES 0 3 to 0 zamme care x Wiring change is required AWG14 to AWG19 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max Applicable crimping ln S terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 sleeved crimping terminals x cannot be used Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON Dielectric withstand voltage Across external 1780VAC rms 3cycles 1780VAC rms 3cycles o cir
108. 0VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1 oo AD TIGBSBIM 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Electrical times or more COS6 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A limes dro since the life is approximately half NM MN 20o thousang 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1 100VDC 0 1A oo thousand 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more switenng 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Common terminal Not provided Not provided arrengement all points independent all points independent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Moite ripple voltage 4Vp p or less i External power supply is not apod 150mA required NEED 24VDC TYP all points ON 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wi
109. 0ms or less bu X ue mpu CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms For wiri iff Common terminal 16 points common bk a diiterent voltage cannot 8 points common A be applied to each common since arrangement common terminal TB17 the QX40 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable 7 n 3 b 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block x M3 x 6 screw M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max SS R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions H x ee ns A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 40kg 0 16kg 1 Connect a resistor of 20ko 2W or higher serially to the external signal line that connects external devices to the QX40 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 18 Specifications comparisons between AX70 and QX70 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX70 QX70 Compatibiity Precautions for repla
110. 10 11 12 13 14 15 5 co no a si 2 E 5 2 amp lt zi When replacing modules the first I O number of A jddns E the first extension stage becomes X Y 50 9g PLC name PLC system PLE PLC RAS Device Program Boot fie SFC 1 0 assignment 120 Assignmeni Sk Model name 0 PLC PLC hd Switch setting 1 900 x B eel 2 02 Detailed setting 202 n By setting the slot of a base unit 5 400 4 Be si the first I O number of the first 160 Assigning the 1 0 address is not necessary as the CPU does it automatically extension stage can be cha nged Leaving this setting blank will not cause an error to occur to X Y80 Base selling Power model name Extension cable Slots o 8 Detail Ext Basel f 8 Ext Base2 x Est Base3 X 8 Slot Default el Tie msupesa Seti shodl setassamewhen Import Multiple CPU Parameter_ Read PLC data Cancel Acknowledge XY assignment Multiple CFU settings Default Check Q series I O assignment when the base I O slots setting is made after replacing modules Q35B Y 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 27 SEES o amp S Sla S 8 SIS 8S 18S 8 lt lt o lalalalalalala tatai 5 ae ae
111. 1024 1024 1024 1024 points ie p D 1024 1024 6144 8192 12288 12288 12288 No of device mie a QW 1004 1024 4096 8192 8192 8192 8192 E z points R 4096 8192 8192 8192 32768 32768 32768 Accumulators are converted to the special registers Accumulater A 50718 SD719 upon Section points 2 x 2 Q program LAL conversion as they are not included in the QnA and Q series 2 1 1 7 7 1 1 1 Index points 6 regis v This is used as edge ter 1 1 7 7 x relay for the QnA and points Q series Nesta 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 points Pointer F 256 256 256 256 4096 4096 4096 points Spe ial relay M 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 2048 3 points Special register D 256 256 256 2048 2048 2048 points Max Max Max Comment Comment points Max Max Max Max BAR MA du E Points oints 8 1 4032 4032 4032 i points 600 03 03 03 50k 50k 50k Watchdog timer WDT Memory error detection CPU error nostics detection Battery error detection Operation mode at Stop Continue set error ting occurrence Du Re output opera mode ewichingat tion status before Inga sTOP Selection of o o o o output after opera Gomer i to RUN 1 High Performance model is the generic term of the QO2CP
112. 1255 x 7 2 3 4 ZCHG3 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Link refresh of designated network ZCOM S ZCOM 7 2 3 5 Reading writing data from to special function ZNFR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 5 module in MELSECNET 10 remote I O station ZNTO OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 5 Reading from writing to word devices in the ZNRD J ZNRD 7 2 3 5 MELSECNET 10 station ZNWR J ZNWR 7 2 3 5 Zone control for BIN 16 bit data ZONE ZONE Direct read write of extension file registers in 1 ZRRD OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 word units ZRWR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Direct read write of extension file registers in units ZRRDB OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 of bytes ZRWRB OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 7 19 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 3 Instructions that May Need a Replacement at Instruction Conversion from ACPU to QCPU Some instructions are not automatically converted upon the replacement of the ACPU with QCPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted Reviewing the program is recommended Instruction type ACPU Corrective action instruction Counter Measure Sequence Review the program and convert manually 1 Output Instructions CHK instructions Supplement Conversion candidate instruction FF instruction 2 Basic Program switching CHG Counter Measure instructions instructions Review the program with referring to Section 7 7 9 Counter Measure Data
113. 12VDC 5 12VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 14 4VDC is not 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC A range applicable 16mA point i 16mA point Maximum load current 256mA common 512mA common Sink loading Maximum inrush Carefull lect f i ximum inru 0 10ms alim daran ieee x are ully select load for use since current the inrush current value differs 1 Vou 3 5VDC Vou 3 5VDC Output voltage at OFF Ni Vcc 5VDC loH 0 4 Vcc 5VDC 0 4mA Check the input specifications of an Maximum voltage drop Vo 0 2VDC external equipment to be connected Vor 0 3VDC A at ON lop 16mA since the maximum voltage drop is bigger when turning on OFF to ON 1ms or less 0 5ms or less Responso 0 5ms of less time ON to OFF ims or less resistive load 16 points common For wiring a different volt t Common terminal 32 points common 9 Common terminal Common terminal A01 A02 A be applied to each common since g TB18 TB36 wee the QY71 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 1 6A h l Fuse None 6A Unc angeab e Fuse blow capacity 50A Yes When f is blows LED Fuse blow indicator re i ibi indicates it signal is output to CPU 38 points removable terminal External connections 40 pin connetctor optional block M3x6 screw pi opti i 2 Wiring change is required 1 TM 0 3mm
114. 17mA 200VAC 60Hz Approx 12mA Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz Rated input current sia sae z 240 60Hz Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz Max 600mA within 0 5ms Max 500mA within 1ms Inrush current o 264VAC 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC coe 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maxi imul 2 i MM x taneous 0 Te EO palais Refer to the derating chart 1 input point simultaneously ON 160VAC or more 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current oe 5 5 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or less OFF voltage OFF current 70VAC or less 3 5mA or less A Reduced 2 50Hz 60Hz A 22kQ 60Hz A 12kQ 60Hz input resistance pprex 60Hz pee 60Hz Approx 24 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz 1 1 OFF to ON 5ms or less Oms or less o Response 200VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time ON to OFF 25ms or less 20ms or less 200VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz 32 Common terminal 8 points common arrangement common common teminal TB17 d g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wire size 0 73 t 2mm Wiring change is required x Pp AWG14 to AWG19 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max 9 1s reg Applicable crimpin ah 1 1
115. 23 2 the block where the continuous transition bit of the SFC continuous transition ON Continuous information device is not set transition effective OFF during operation in the continuous transition mode Gontnassecmenson OFF When transition is or during continuous transition and ON when continuous M9104 SM324 completed transition is not executed suspension flag ON When no transition Always ON during operation in the no continuous transition mode Step transition watchdog M9108 SM90 timer start equivalent o SD90 Step transition watchdog M9109 SM91 timer start equivalent o 5091 Step transition watchdog M9110 SM92 timer start equivalent o SD92 Step transition watchdog Mi Watchdog timer Turns ON when the measurement of the step transition rese i i Sing equivalents ON Watchdog timer stay aM the step transition SD93 reset start watchdog timer Step transition watchdog M9112 SM94 timer start equivalent o SD94 Step transition watchdog M9113 SM95 timer start equivalent o SD95 Step transition watchdog M9114 SM96 timer start equivalent o SD96 M9180 SM825 Active step sampling OFF Trace started Set when sampling trace of all specified blocks is trace completion flag ON Trace completed completed Reset when sampling trace is started OFF Trace not being M9181 SM822 Active step sampling executed Set when sampling trace is being executed Reset when trace execution flag ON Trace executi
116. 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON Exremar dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX41 The following figure shows derating 10 N 28 8VDC ratio 70 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 14 Specifications comparisons between AX42 and QX42 3 26 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX42 e Cv Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Operations voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 range Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 pe Maximum simultaneous 60 20point common Refer to the derating chart Use within the range shown in the on input point
117. 3 sl d crimpin crimping RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 38 sleeved crimping terminal terminals cannot be used 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Specification Dielectric withstand AY15EU AC external batch relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 2830VAC rms 3 cycle 2830VAC rms 3 cycle Compatibility Precautions for replacement 2 7 38ft voltage 2 0091 1993 38r altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft Relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 500VAC rms 3 cycle 2 000m 6557 38ft or more by insulation 10M2 or more by insulation Insulation resistance resistans tester resistans tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage m 1us noise width and 25 to Noise durability IEC801 4 1kV 60Hz noise frequency First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 15A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions H x A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 8 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 DJinch Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg 3 51 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 13 Specifications comparisons between AY22 and QY22 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible
118. 3 2 Conversion from ACPU to QCPU 0900090000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 25 Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU 9000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 26 7 4 Special Relay Replacement 90000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 29 7 4 1 7 4 2 7 4 3 Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU 090009000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 29 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU 0 0900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 29 Special Relay Replacement List 9000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 30 7 5 Special Register Replacement 90000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 36 7 5 1 7 5 2 7 5 8 Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU 0 09000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 36 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU 0 0900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 36 Special Register Replacement List 0 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 37 7 6 Precautions for Replacing the MELSAP II with the MELSAPS ee eee ee ee ee eere eee ee ee ee ooo eee 7 7 6 1 7 6 2 Starting SFC Program 909000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 43 Block Information SFC Inf
119. 32 points common Common terminal 32 points common common terminal 2A01 arrengement common terminal 2A1 2A2 2A02 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is Vi Y 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag 10 2 to 40VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 suppl 0 015A 24VDC 1 common Aay Current 0 04A 24VDC TYP MAX all points ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch 3 75 3 1O MODULE REPLACEMENT Specification External connections 40pin connector x 2 40pin connector x 2 option Precautions for replacement The 40 pin connectors are sold separately Purchase separately Applicable wire size 0 3mm 0 3mm AWG 22 or less For AGCON1 or AGCON4 40pin connector x 2 The two 40 pin connectors are Accessory None Sold separately Purchase soldering type separately 64 points 32 points Output number Y L1 differs 3 Occupied points I O assignment output 64 assignment input output points conposite Current consumption 0 25A TYP all points ON 0 13A TYP all points ON External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 9 84 x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 8 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 70kg 0 20kg 1 Check the specifications of s
120. 49 9VAC 74 9VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 49 9VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 24VAC 1 5A oe thousand E Q954 0 200 winusapd 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5 ife Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 24VAC 0 75A imes or more since the life is approximately half E d 200 thousand 50 AC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A d ie iden id 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R27ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R27ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common For Wining a different voltage cannot arrengement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 A tO GOmMMANSINGE the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED O Fuse 8A MF51NM8 or FGMA250V 8A None x Fuses are not built in 2 Fuse blow indicator None External Voltage RANDO 110 ripple voltage 4Vp p or
121. 5 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 24VAC 0 75A T since the life is approximately half COS 0 35 200 thousand e OF more A imes 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15 1 COS 0 35 300 thousand 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A oi or Pis L R 7 200 th d e 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 1 L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switchin 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common atender common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 A be applied to each common since 9 TB18 TB27 TB36 the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage ee ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not Wi A PUN 290mA required 24VDC TYP all points ON 38 points removable terminal 7 ud i 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x x M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required pplicable wire size o 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring ge is requi ane R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current ca
122. 50kg 0 17kg Specification 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible 20 Specifications comparisons between AY42 S1 and QY42P Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 64 points 64 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Vol 28 8 VDC i ee ee 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC oltage over 28 8 isnot range applicable 0 1A point 2A common When placing next to the Maximum load current abe 0 1A point 2A common power supply module 1 6A common Maximum inrush 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1 Maximum voltage drop 1 R 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o at ON i 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 0 1ms or less 1ms or less Responsa 1ms or less Response time differs time ON to OFF 0 3ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode 32 32 points common Common terminal common terminal common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch The 40 pin connectors are
123. 6 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 16kg 1 Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX81 3 The following figure shows derating 76 100 90 ON 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature N 28 8VDC 4 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX81 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules AGTBXY36 E etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 23 Specifications comparisons between AX81 S1 and QX81 Specification AX81 S1 O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current 2 5mA 5mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operations voltage range A 12VDC are not applicable 1 9 Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 Maximum simultaneous 60 5 point common is 5 Refer to the derating chart 3 on input point simultaneously ON 5 6VDC or more
124. A extension Ans extension Q series 0 45m A1SC05NB QC05B 0 6m ACO6B QCO06B Gallo lengh 0 7m A1SCO7NB QCO06B 1 2m AC12B QC12B 3 0m AC30B A1SC30NB QC30B 5 0m A1SC50NB QC50B Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 2 for replacement precautions 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 3 Precautions for Base Unit and Extension Cable Replacement 5 3 1 Precautions for Base Unit Replacement 1 When replacing the A QnA series base unit with the Q series it is necessary to redo the mounting holes to fix the unit to a control panel since the two series have different mounting hole size 2 When using the existing mounting holes to install the Q series base unit use the renewal tool Base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd This base adapter allows to omit the procedure of redoing mounting holes 5 3 2 Precautions for Extension Cable Replacement The total extension distance of the Q series extension cable is 13 2m while that of the A series is 6 6m Select a suitable cable according to your system 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT S 5 4 QA65B Model Extension Base Unit 5 4 1 1 2 The QA65B enables Q series CPU units to be compatible with A series large sized m
125. A61P UL and Q61P A1 A2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification A61P UL Q61P A1 A2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 A1 100 120VAC 10 15 FS Use the Q61P A1 at voltages of ema E 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 10 15 A2 200 240VAC 10 15 Use the Q61P A2 at voltages of 170 to 264VAC 170 to 264VAC 200 240VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less 130VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms Rated 5VDC 8A 6A dd the current consumption output of entire system current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 8 8A or more 6 6A or more protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 7096 or more Power indicator Power LED display FED RICHTIG 5VDC output ON Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm popes pe ener RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change required terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 Applicable tightening 98 to 137N cm 66 to 89N cm Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque 250 H 55 W 121 D 98 H 55 2 W x 90 D mm External dimensions A 9 84 H
126. AC 10 15 85 to 264VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less Max input apparent 155VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms Rated 5VDC 5A 3A x 1 Confirm the current consumption SU 24VDC 0 8A 0 6A x of entire system current Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 3 3A or more protection 24VDC 1 2A or more 0 66A or more Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more LED indication Power indicator Power LED display BVDC output ON Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm 20610958 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change required terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 Applicable tightening 48 to 137N cm 66 to 89N cm x Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque f 250 H x 55 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm External dimensions A 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 94 0 39 2288208 within 20ms within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us Noise durability Noise voltage 1500Vp p nolsewath ano 23 to QUIE noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Across external AC terminal batch and ground 1500VAC for Across inputs LG and outputs Dielectric withstand 1 minute FG o
127. AM data PUT OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 8 9 11 Reading present value PVRD1 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 6 PVRD2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 6 Setting preset data PVWR1 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 6 PVWR2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 6 eed from floating decimal point angle to RAD RAD o Remote I O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Changing the extension file register block number RSET OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Remote I O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Block addition and subtraction SADD Comparison between character strings SCMP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 SIN operation on floating decimal point data SIN SIN Character string transfers SMOV MOV Reading communication status SPBUSY OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 7 9 10 Forced stop of communication processing SPCLR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 7 9 10 Square root operations for floating decimal point SQR SQR o data Reading the display status STAT OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Conversion from BIN 16 bit to character string STR STR Subtraction of floating decimal point data SUB E Setting comparison reference data QUT SM 1253 _ DES SVWR2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 6 Upper and lower byte exchanges SWAP SWAP TAN operation on floating decimal point data TAN TAN Bit test TEST TEST Linking of random data UNI NUNI Conversion from character string to BIN 16 bit VAL VAL B data Data dissociation in byte units WTOB WTOB ZCHGO OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 ZCHG1 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 ZCHG2 OUT SM
128. AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm x for AGCON1 or AGCON4 5 12VDC Voltage over 14 4VDC is Vi y 1 Voltage 4 5 to 15VDC A ag 4 5 to 15VDC applicable power ripple ratio witin 5 suppl 1 A 170mA at 12VD phy Current oomi OmA o 12VDC TYP per common MAX all points ON Current consumption 0 20A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W 131 D 27 4 W External dimensions eS Dimm 9 84 x 1 48 W 5 16 D inch 3 86 1 08 W 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 14kg O i The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 32 Specifications comparisons between AY72 and QY71 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output Use two QY71s when using 33 64 points 32 points x points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 14 4VDC is not call 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC A a applicable 16mA point pa 16mA point Maximum load current 512mA common 512mA common Sink loadin
129. B36 the QX71 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal External connections block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screw 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required 3 For AGCON1 or A6CON4 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 7 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 07A TYP all points ON CRAT CE 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 12kg 1 Use the QX41 S1 at 24VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX71 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure changing external wiring Specification 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 20 Specifications comparisons between AX80 and QX80 O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operations voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio
130. C 2A 240VAC 1 8A s COS 0 7 200 thousand mes OF more na 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 1 1A 240VAC 0 9A ni since the life is approximately half COS 0 35 200 thousand Wes or more ames HOM 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 1 COS 0 35 300 thousand 24VDC 1 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 200 thousand iuba more NORD UR 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 1 L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switchin dE urls 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Surge suppressor None None 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot be Common terminal 16 points common common terminal TB9 common terminal 17 A applied to each common since the 9 20 TB31 QY10 has only common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 Voltage ripple voltage 4Vp p or less Must be SELV power supply power External power supply is not required NE 220mA a Current 24VDC TYP all points ON Must be SELV power supply i inal l 38 points removable termina 18 points terminal block External connections block x M3 x 6 screw M3 x 6 screw A e Ee 0 75 to 2mm 0 3 to 0 75mm core Wiring change is required 1 WI x AWG14 to AWG19 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max Applicable crimpi R1 25
131. CRT controller module AD58 LCD controller module CMODE CPS1 CPS2 CMOV CLS CLV CSCRV CSCRD CON1 CON2 COFF LOCATE CNOR CREV CRDSP CRDSPV COLOR CCDSP CCDSPV PRN PR PRNV PRV EPRN EPR EPRNV EPRV CR1 CR2 CC1 2 CINMT CINO 0 0 9 2 CINSP CINCLR INPUT GET PUT STAT Counter Measure Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be used 12 Special function modules instructions CC Link instructions RIFR RIRCV RIRD RISEND RITO RIWT Counter Measure Convert manually to the same instructions of the Q series RLPA RRPA Counter Measure Set parameters with the GX Developer 7 23 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 4 Instruction Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU The automatic conversion is applied to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change target PLC For instructions that are not automatically converted consider reviewing the program referring to the unconvertible instructions described in Section 7 2 5 Re program for the modules to use with the QCPU since the specifications of the special function module instruct
132. Configurator AD Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module 11 Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module With SH 080277 13JR51 Signal Conditioning Function User s Manual 12 Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual SH 080054 13JR02 13 Channel Isolated Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual SH 080281E 13JR52 14 Temperature Control Module User s Manual SH 080121 13JR21 App 2 APPENDICES App 3 No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 15 Thermocouple Input Module Channel Isolated Thermocouple Micro Voltage SH 080141 13JR30 Input Module User s Manual 16 RTD Input Module Channel Isolated RTD Input Module User s Manual SH 080142 13JR31 17 High Speed Counter Module User s Manual SH 080036 13JL95 18 Channel Isolated Pulse Input Module User s Manual SH 080313E 13JR54 19 Type QD75P QD75D Positioning Module User s Manual SH 080058 13JR09 20 Type QD70 Positioning Module User s Manual SH 080171 13JR39 21 User s Manual Type QD75M Positioning Module Details 1B 0300062 ICT752 Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual 22 PLC to Be SH 080049 13JF92 23 Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual SH 080124 13JF96 Remote I O network 24 CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual QJ61BT11N SH 080394E 13JR64 25 Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual Basic
133. DC output ON Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x6 M3 5 screws Wiring change required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm Applicable crimping R1 25 4 R2 4 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Wiring change required terminal RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 Applicable tightenin Tighten within the applicable Be kl 98 to 137N cm 66 to 89N cm dni pp torque tightening torque External dimensions 250 H x 55 W x 121 D mm 9 84 H x 2 33 W x 4 76 D inch 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inch Weight kg 0 8 0 33 Allowable momentary power failure period Within 1ms Within 10ms at 24VDC input Noise durability Noise voltage 500Vp p By noise simulator of 500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Dielectric withstand voltage Across external DC terminal batch and ground 500VAC for 1 minute 500VAC across primary and 5VDC Insulation resistance Across external DC terminals batch and ground 5MQ or more by insulation resistance tester 10MQ or more by insulation resistance tester Accessory Spare fuse 1 None Fuses are not included in accessories since they are not replaceable 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 Specifications comparisons between A61PEU and Q61P A1 A2 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible
134. Hz 5 Input voltage distortion 5 or less 5 or less Max input apparent 110VA 105VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms Rated 5VDC 5A 3A x Confirm the current consumption ouput 24VDC 0 8A 0 6A x of entire system current Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 3 3A or more protection 24VDC 1 2A or more 0 66A or more Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V o protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more LED indication Power indicator Power LED display BVDC output ON Terminal screw size M4 x 0 7 x 6 M3 5 screws x Wiring change required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm pebleable duds RAV1 25 4 RAV2 4 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 x Wiring change required terminal Applicable tightening 118N om 66 to 89N cm Y Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque 250 H 55 W 121 D 98 55 2 W 90 0 mm External dimensions 9 84 2 33 x 4 76 D inch 3 86 x 2 33 W 3 54 D inch Weight 0 9 0 39 momenay Within 20ms Within 20ms power failure period By noise simulator of By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise width and 25 to 60Hz Noise durability i noise frequency noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV 2kV Across inputs LG and outputs Across inputs LG and outputs Dielectric
135. I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX41 QX41 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX71 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Input module AX41 S1 QX41 S1 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applica ble Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX41 UL QX41 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX71 1 External wiring Not changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not ch
136. MITSUBISHI Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals MIE RENC On SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Always read these instructions before using this equipment Before using this product please read this handbook and the relevant manuals introduced in this handbook carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly In this manual the safety instructions are ranked as DANGER and CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions CAUTION resulting in medium or slight personal injury or physical damage d DANGER Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury I I Note that the NCAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to the circumstances Always follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety Please save this handbook to make it accessible when required and always forward it to the end user Design Precautions Install a safety circuit external to the PLC that keeps the entire system safe even when there are problems with the external power supply or the PLC module Otherwise trouble could result from erroneous output or erroneous operation 1 Outside the PLC construct mechanical damage preventing interlock circuits such as emergency stop protective circuits
137. Master Module AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 44 MSJ71PT32 S3 A1SJ71T32 S3 User s Manual SH 66565 TAEDE MELSEC I O Link Remote I O System Master Module type AJ51T64 45 A1SJ51T64 User s Manual 46 repe e Network system PLC to PLC network Reference IB 66440 13JE33 47 For QnA Q4AR MELSECNET 10 Network System Reference Manual IB 66690 13JF78 Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module type _ AJ61QBT11 A1SJ61QBT11 User s Manual 2500122 134873 49 Positioning Module Type AD71 S1 S2 S7 A1SD71 S2 S7 User s Manual IB 66563 13JE98 50 PC fault detection module type AS91 A1SS91 A0J2 S91 User s Manual IB 66626 139828 Appendix 1 3 Q Series No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 MELSEC Q Catalog L 08033E 2 MELSEC Q Data Book L 08029E 3 QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection SH 080483ENG 13JP73 4 QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals SH 080484ENG 13JP74 5 QA65B Extension Base Unit User s Manual 1B 0800158 13JR26 6 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual Common Instructions SH 080039 13JF58 7 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 8 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 9 Module Type Building Block User s Manual SH 080042 13JL99 10 Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual Q64AD Q68ADV Q68ADI SH 080055 13JR03 GX
138. Module A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX10 QX10 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed Functions Not changed External wiring Changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules required Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 x 2 4 Specifications AX11 QX10 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 x 2 4 Specifications AX11EU QX10 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications AX20 QX28 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not
139. N to OFF 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting P parameters Initial setting is 10ms For wiring a different voltage Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common A cannot be applied to each arrangement common teminal TB9 TB18 common teminal TB17 common since the QX40 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable p 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block x M3x6 screws M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required incu size 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max Mng etange S rogu R1 25 3 Sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON External dimensions 1 1 pmm A Wiring space is narrower X 1 1 E 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 0 inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 05 Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg 4 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX40 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 11 Specifications comparisons between AX41 and QX41 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX41 QX41 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points
140. OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode 16 points common Common terminal P 16 points common arrengement terminal common terminal TB18 1 z g TB18 TB36 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED JA h Fuse None Som ne angea 9 fuse blow capasity 50 Yes When fi LED Fuse blow indicator i nh blows indicates it signal is output to CPU 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiri h i ired ppli wire siz 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminal Vi terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 enmping cannot be used 12 24VDC oai Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Vi G 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag 10 2 to 30VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 50mA Current 20mA at 24VDC 24VDC TYP per common MAA Current consumption 0 23A TYP all point ON 0 08A TYP all point ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions 83S 131 AM TU 301 A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 53
141. OFF voltage OFF 6VDC less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less 12VDC are not aplicable 2 current 2 Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ Increased 1 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms dime Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less 24VDC input response time of CPU parameter setting no parameters Response initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms Yrs less Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less 24VDC input response time of CPU parameter setting re AR parameters initial setting is 10ms 32 points common Common terminal 32 points common Common terminal 1 01 arrengement Common terminal 1B1 1B2 1B02 Number of output 32 points 32 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Output type Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Operating voltage 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A pul i E applicable g 0 1A 1point 1A 1 common 0 1A 1 point 2A 1 common Max inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less c Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop 1 ea 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o atON i 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A e 1 7VDC 1mA N OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less B Response 2ms or less 1ms or less O time ON to OFF o resistive load rated load resistive load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode
142. PLC parameter 7 3 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure The programs and comments of the A and QnA series CPU can be replaced with the Q series by Change PLC type of the GX Developer 7 1 1 Program Conversion Procedure from ACPU to QCPU Program conversion procedure follows the order of 1 2 3 below 1 Reading process of conversion source data 2 Program conversion from ACPU to QCPU with the Change PLC type operation 3 Writing process of converted data Refer to Section 7 1 2 for details of the change operation 1 Reading ACPU program 3 Writing QCPU program a PLC read from ACPU a PLC write to QCPU b Reading project data of ACPU cli 2 Change PLC type acl b Storing project data of QCPU Refer to 1 a and 1 b in the Refer to 3 a and 3 b in the following diagram following diagram GX Developer ACPU QCPU Project data Project data 14b 34b Personal computer PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 2 Change PLC Type Operation The Change PLC type is a function that changes the target PLC type of the data read to the GX Developer The instructions that are not automatically converted are changed to the OUT SM1255 for High Performance model QCPU OUT SM999 Basic model for QCPU Search these instructions or the SM1255 SM999 devices in the converted programs to convert them man
143. Processing ASC Review the program and convert manually Instructions Supplement Conversion candidate instruction SMOV instruction LRDP MELSECNET Il B TWIP Counter M ounter Measure Local Remote I O Station Reprogram for the network modules to use with QCPU Access Instructions RTOP LED Counter Measure Display Instructions except LEDA Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does dedicated instructions LEDB not have the LED display function LEDC Counter Measure Special format failure CHK Review the program and convert manually 3 Application checks instructions Supplement instructions Conversion candidate instruction CHKST CHK instruction i SLT Counter Measure Status latch instructions SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Supplement Sampling trace instructions STRAR Conversion candidate instructions STRA gt TRACE instruction STRAR gt TRACER instruction STC Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Supplement Carry flag instructions Supp CLC Conversion candidate instructions STC gt SET SM700 instruction CLC gt RST SM700 instruction PROGRAM REPLACEMENT i ACPU Instruction type Corrective action instruction CHK Counter Measure Convert manually with the special forma
144. Q2A S1 1024 points Q01 CPU 1024 points Q12PH 2048 points Q25PH Q4A 4096 points Qi2PRH J Q25PRH M 2048 points 8192 points points Internal relay 8192 points Latch relay 2048 points 8192 points Step Sequence relay program E SFC 2048 points 8192 points Annunciator 1024 points 2048 points Edge relay 1024 points 2048 points link relay 2048 points 8192 points Special relays for link 1024 points 2048 points Timer 512 points 2048 points Retritive timer 0 point Counter 512 points 1024 points Data register 11136 points 12288 points link register 2048 points 8192 points Link special register 1024 points 2048 points Function inputs 16 points FXO to FXF 7 Function outputs 16 points FYO to FYF 7 Special relay 1000 points 2048 points Function registers 5 points FDO to FD4 Special register 1000 points 2048 points link direct device Specified from JO G Special direct devices Specified from ULNG 2 10 points ZO to Z9 16 points Z0 Z15 Index register v2 File register 32768 points block gt RO to R32767 32768 points block RO to R32767 Accumulator Nesting 15 points Pointer 300 points 4096 points Interrupt pointer 128 points 256 points 48 points SFC block 126 points 320 points SFC transition device 512 points Decimal constant K 2147483648 to
145. QCPU Replacing the ACPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special relay from the one for the ACPU With the Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the ACPU special relay M9000 and after with the QCPU special relay SM Operation procedure The following dialog box is displayed after changing PLC type Click Yes to execute the Change PLC type after checking Convert M9000 D9000 lt SM400 SD400 Change PLC type Eg Change the PLC type to 12 Are you sure to change all of the data to match the PLC type To check all data select confirm change Qu M3000 D3000 lt gt SM400 SD400 Confirm change C No N Point Some ACPU special relays are not compatible with the QCPU Refer to Section 7 4 3 Those special relays not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special relays SM1255 when changing PLC type Search the dummy special relays SM1255 and correct the programs as required 1 For the Basic model QCPU it is converted to the SM999 Replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU Basically special relays for the QnACPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 4 3 Special Relay Replacement List O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Special rela Compati
146. Refer to the derating chart 3 o on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON 70ms or less o Use initial valu 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF idms orles 70ms or less o Use initial valus 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 32 points common ERES common terminal TB9 common terminal 17 18 36 A be applied to each common since TB18 TB27 TB36 the QX81 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal External connections block 37 pin D sub connector option x ieee Wiring change is required 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm For AGCON1E x Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 37 5 W 131 D mm 98 x 27 4 W 90 D mm External dimensions A 9 84 x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 8
147. SAMPLE1 SAMPLE2 b gt SAMPLE3 a Drive Path System name Machine name Designates the location of data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Enter the system name and machine name of the data specified in the Drive Path Clicking the Browse button shows the dialog box for choosing the system name and machine name Double click the file to be read to specify b Source data list Displays data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Check the checkbox of data names to be selected For the selected comments the range of device comment which can be read with the Common tab or Local tab are settable c Param prog button Select all button Param prog button Selects only the parameter data and program data of the source data Select all button Selects all data in a source data list Commeni2 is selected for the A series and the device memories of the number of data are dis played The first data name is selected for comments and file registers in the QnA series d Cancel all selections button Cancels all the selected data PROGRAM REPLACEMENT e lt lt gt gt tab screen A series Set this when specifying the range for common comments and read data Import from GPPA format file x Machine PLC type T perpheral File selection Common Local Read write the comments of the set range Comment
148. SFR DSFR DSFRP DSFRP DSUM DSUM 7 7 7 32 bit data cnecks DSUMP DSUMP 7 7 7 2 word data write to the intelligent special function DTO DTO module DTOP DTOP Timing pulse generation DUTY DUTY 32 bit data conversion PA DXGH DXCHP DXCHP DXNR DXNR 32 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations DXNRP DXNRP 5 32 bit exclusive logical sum operations DXOR DR DXORP Interrupt enable instruction El El Link refresh enable El El O 256 8 bit encode ENCOP ENCOP Sequence program termination END END Main routine program termination FEND FEND FIFR FIFR Reading oldest data from tables FIERP FIERP 5 T FIFW FIFW Writing data to the data table FIFWP FIFWP 5 Identical 16 bit data block transfers FMOY FMOVP FMOVP FOR to NEXT Instructions FOR FOR 1 word data read from the intelligent FROM FROM O 1 special function module FROMP FROMP O 1 16 bit BIN data increment ING ING 2 INCP INCP Return from interrupt programs IRET IRET Pointer branch instructions JMP JMP O Operation start LD LD LD lt LD lt LD lt LD lt LD lt gt LD lt gt BIN 16 bit data comparison LD LD LD gt LD gt LD gt LD gt LDD lt LDD lt LDD lt LDD lt LDD lt gt LDD lt gt o BIN 32 bit data comparison LDD LDD LDD gt LDD gt LDD gt LDD gt Operation start LDI LDI ASCII code display instructions
149. STOP using external switches and peripheral devices Set the PAUSE enable flag with the special relay n PAUSE Stops operations while o o M9040 for A series and 22000 holding the output status 7 4 3 with the special relay SM206 for Q series For A series an interrupt Executes the program that program is required foreach main program and sub A Interrupt corresponds to the cause separate Section processing when an interrupt cause prog p 7 7 9 series create only one occurs interrupt program to share between the two programs Consider use of sequence Executes various controls i M program etc as the and operations over utility substitution programs and user created is Microcom microcomputer programs Meee doe Not P 9 include the instructions by E puter mode stored in the microcomputer hh c utility package Therefore S program area by calling o tinam framheisea ehice modify the corresponding toram 3 instructions of QCPU and progran substitute them e pr The settings for ON OFF of Target errors vary by ERE ERROR LED at the model but there is no LED occurrence of error functional difference When performing ROM operation in the Q series Enables operation with use the boot run function parameters and programs to read the sequence A ROM h Section Spera stored in ROMs in order not programs sto
150. U AnNCPU With SM701 OFF Outputs characters With M9049 OFF Outputs characters before PR before 00 004 With SM701 ON Outputs 16 characters With M9049 ON Outputs 16 characters With SM701 OFF Outputs comments in 32 characters in 16 ch PRC With SM701 ON Outputs first 16 Outputs comment in 16 characters characters of comment 1 Not applicable for the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU 7 48 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 7 Instructions where Format is Changed Excluding AnACPU AnUCPU Dedicated Instructions Instructions using the accumulator for the ANUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU are changed in their format since the QCPU QnACPU do not have the accumulator 0 A1 The accumulator AO is converted to SD718 the accumulator A1 is converted to SD719 Function QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU Format of instructions Format of instructions Rotation data is set J ROR nH D Rotation data ROR H in AO Right rotation of i 16 bit data D Rotation data s data isset RcR b nH Use SM700 for RCR nH Lice carry flag carry f
151. U Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 is the generic term of the Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 6 This number means the number of usable points on the program 7 The step replays S of the QnA and Q series are dedicated to the SFC 8 Comment points are the points that can be written to CPU 2 6 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 CPU Module Functional Comparisons 2 3 1 Functional Comparisons Between A2CCPU AnNCPU and Q Series CPU Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method Function Contents A series A2CCPU AnNCPU Performance Q series Process 2 recaution for replacemen x Not usable Reference section 1 High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 Process is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU Device numbers converted upon the type change by GX Developer Refer to Section 7 4 Executes the sequence Set this function with the Constant program at constant time special register 09020 _ scan intervals regardless of the for A series and with processing time of the program parameters for Q series Holds the data of devices in Latch the event of power OFF oner resetting and a momentary E E backup power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Remote Executes the remote RUN BUN STOP
152. UN 1 Instruction 1 STOP execution 2 PAUSE 1 1 When the CPU mdoule is in RUN mode and SM1040 is off the CPU module remains in RUN mode if changed to PAUSE mode 0 Main program ROM 1 Main program RAM 2 Subprogram 1 RAM 3 Subprogram 2 RAM 4 Subprogram 3 RAM 5 Subprogram 1 ROM 6 Subprogram 2 ROM SD1255 7 Subprogram 3 ROM D9016 Program number SD999 8 Main program E PROM 9 Subprogram 1 E2PROM A Subprogram 2 E PROM B Subprogram 3 E PROM If scan time is smaller than the content of SD520 the SD1255 Minimum scan time value is newly stored at each END Namely the D9017 Scan time 7 MAN 50999 10 ms units minimum value of scan time is stored into SD520 in BIN code SD1255 Scan time Atevery END the scan time is stored in BIN code and D9018 Scan time SD999 10 ms units always rewritten If scan time is larger than the content of 50526 the SD1255 Maximum scan time value is newly stored at each END Namely the D9019 Scan time E SD999 10 ms units maximum value of scan time is stored into SD526 in BIN code SD1255 Constant scan time D9020 Constant scan SD999 User sets in 10 ms units SD1255 Scan time Atevery END the scan time is stored in BIN code and D9021 Scan time 50999 1 ms units always rewritten When the PLC CPU starts running it starts counting 1 every second D9022 SD412 1 second counter Count in units of 1s tstarts counting
153. W 121 0 mm 98 x 27 4 W 90 D mm 9 84 1 48 W x 4 76 0 inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MME SpeS IS narrower Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg 3 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX80 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX80 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure changing external wiring 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 21 Specifications comparisons between AX80E and QX82 S1 Specification O Compatible QX82 S1 Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Set 16 points in the I O assignment Number of input points 16 points 64 points x pone 0 of Parameter Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operations voltage range A 12VDC are not applicable 1 9 Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 Maxi imul 100 i ithin th h in th Dune 8 point common Refer to the derating chart 3 Use wit ing e range shown in the on input point simultaneously ON derating figure 2 6mA ON
154. a BINP BINP BMOV BMOV Block 16 bit data transfer BMOVP BMOVP BRST BRST Bit reset for word devices BRSTP BRSTP 5 BSET BSET Bit set for word devices BSETP BSETP 5 nm BSFL BSFL 1 bit shift to left of n bit data BSFLP BSFLP ere BSFR BSFR 1 bit shift to right of n bit data BSERP BSERP o 7 12 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Contents Reference section Instruction name Sub routine program calls ont SALE 2 CALLP CALLP Main lt gt subprogram switching CHK OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Bit device output reverse CHK OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 1 Special format failure checks CHG OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 2 Pointer branch instructions CJ CJ A 7 7 7 Carry flag reset CLC OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 16 bit data negation transfer 2 CMLP CMLP Link Refresh Instructions COM COM D D D P D P BIN 32 bit addition subtraction D D 5 D P D P D D D P D P BIN 32 bit multiplication division D D o D P D P DAND Logical products of 32 bit data DANDP DANDP 5 DB DB DB P BCD 8 digit addition subtraction DB DB 5 DB P DB P DB dor DB P DB P BCD 8 digi
155. a of all The seres doe o Status latch y include the status latch the occurrence of an error function for monitoring by the E peripheral device Stores the data of specified The SRAM card is Sampling devices at the specified z required to execute the ae 5 5 trace intervals for monitoring by sampling trace in the Q the peripheral device series The Q series does not Stops the execution of a include the step Step A MMOL sequence program at the operation function p specified step Consider the debug with GX Simulator Online 1 0 Enables I O modules to be Replace module i while CPU is in RUN module replaced while the CPU is in ere Racin RUN Only supported for Process CPU 8 Self Executes self diagnostics to Error codes differ 9 diagnostics check for errors and stop a between the A series function CPU etc and Q series Stores errors detected by The Q series can store the diagnostics function into error history data in a Error history the CPU Error details can 100 be monitored from errors as well as in the peripheral devices built in memory 1 High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN i
156. age OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX72 AX81 S2 None Input module 5 1 2 3 SYS 3 6 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY10 QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Not changed External wiring Changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules required Program Number of occupied I O points Changed Output module AY10A QY18A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half Functions Not changed External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY11 QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Changed No varistor relay not replaceable 5 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 HS 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3
157. alendar amp function consists of year month whereas the A series date hour minute second handles only the last two and a day of the week digits For the Q series it is Changes writes to the necessary to set the Secti ection SUN Sung program of a CPU in the 5 5 reserved capacity for the 243 RUN mode write during RUN in UU advance Stores the data of all The Q serias does not Status latch y O 6 x x include the status latch the occurrence of an error function for monitoring by the peripheral device Stores the data of specified The SRAM card is 2 A Sampling devices at the specified O 6 0 O 7 required to execute the trace intervals for monitoring by sampling trace in the Q the peripheral device series The Q series does not Stops the execution of a include the step Step operation sequence program at the x operation function Specified step Consider the debug with GX Simulator Oft lin d Tor The Q series does not EI obs LAS x x include the off line switch switch operation processing of function sequence program Replace le whil Online Enables O modules to be HO moue while o P s CPU is in RUN Only module replaced while the CPU is in x replacement RUN supported for Process CPU S Selt Executes self diagnostics to Error codes differ diagnostics check for errors and stop a between the A ser
158. an interval File register Confirmation is required since the usable target memory i5 is changed ea comment fle vezd ina commend A Confirmation is required since the usable target memory p is changed F AIE Confirmation is required since the usable target memory 9 is changed File A Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed 7 26 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Name bility Remarks Input relay Output relay Internal relay Latch relay Link relay Annunciator O B Link special relay Edge relay Step relay Timer Retentive timer Counter Data register O Link register O Link special register O Total of device O o WDT setting O p Initial execution monitoring time Low speed execution monitoring time Carry out battery check O 8 S Carry out fuse blown check Carry out I O module Computation error O Expanded command error O O Fuse blown o 95 e Oo oc I O module comparison error e du 4 lt lt S 9 Special module access error The name changes to Intelligent module program S execution error cl Memory card access error O Memory card operation error Constant sc
159. an terminals T terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be reexamined 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 1 External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg 1 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 2 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY10 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 41 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 Specifications comparisons between AY11A and QY18A Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AY11A QY18A Compatibiity Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 points 8 points Use two QY18As when using 9 points 16 points occupied points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A Isolation method ditferent butthe performance is equivalent 24VDC 2A resistive load 24VDC 2A resistive load Rated switching point point voltage current 240VAC 2A COS6 1 point 240VAC 2A COS6 1 point 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switching 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 20
160. and safety devices shall also be excluded from the programmable logic controller range of applications However in certain cases some applications may be possible providing the user consults their local Mitsubishi representative outlining the special requirements of the project and providing that all parties concerned agree to the special circumstances solely at the users discretion Microsoft Windows Microsoft Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Co Ltd in the United States Other company and product names herein are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Mitsubishi Programmable Logic Controller s MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE 1 8 12 OFFICE TOWER Z 14F HARUMI CHUO KU 104 6212 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan this handbook does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice L NA 08043ENG B 0504 MEE
161. anged 1 When 12VDC is required use QX72 AX40 UL QX40 42 QX42 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Not changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX42 S1 QX42 S1 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed Alternating with QX40 is recommended 1 External wiring Changed Connect a 5 6kO 1 2W or more resistor to the external signal wire serially 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed Alternating with QX40 is recommended 1 External wiring Changed Connect a 20kO 2W or more resistor to the external signal wire serially 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed Functions Not changed External wiring Change
162. anning 5 F No display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function w o BS gt Comment display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function ca e X Occurrence time x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function c Drive 8 gt 2 File name lI o de En History No Low speed program execution time PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Name Compati Remarks bility VO assignment Reviewing is required if the QCPU base unit has other than 8 slots Boot file setting Program setting x SFC program start mode Start conditions O Output mode when the block is stopped Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible MEESERNET 8 with the MESECNET Il B z MELSECNET 10 H Converted to the MELSECNET 10 mode Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible t MELSEGNETIMINI x with the MESECNET MINI S CC Link CC Link parameters are deleted for the 5 unit and the ED following units The Use the KeepAlive of TCP Existence confirmation Ethernet SP n E setting the Ethernet operations is automatically set PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 4 Special Relay Replacement 7 4 1 1 7 4 2 The special relay is an internal relay that has a set application in a PLC This section explains how to replace special relays when replacing the ACPU programs to the
163. arisons between AY40 and QY40P 3 54 Specification Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC ing Vol 28 8 VDC i Operating load voltage 10 2 40 DC 10 2 28 8VDC s o tage over 28 8 VDC is not range applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 8A common 0 1A point 1 6A common Maxi i h 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less o current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 2 5VD AA Maximum voltage drop 1 sp dd 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o at ON 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistive load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common common terminal common terminal TB18 A be applied to each common since 9 TB10 TB20 the QY40P has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Protection None Yes 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring chang
164. ary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice 6 Product application 1 In using the Mitsubishi MELSEC programmable logic controller the usage conditions shall be that the application will not lead to a major accident even if any problem or fault should occur in the programmable logic controller device and that backup and fail safe functions are systematically provided outside of the device for any problem or fault 2 The Mitsubishi programmable logic controller has been designed and manufactured for applications in general industries etc Thus applications in which the public could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and other power plants operated by respective power companies and applications in which a special quality assurance system is required such as for Railway companies or Public service purposes shall be excluded from the programmable logic controller applications In addition applications in which human life or property that could be greatly affected such as in aircraft medical applications incineration and fuel devices manned transportation equipment for recreation and amusement
165. at the module s terminal covers are correctly attached Not attaching the terminal cover could result in electric shock Wiring Precautions NCAUTION Be sure to ground the FG terminals and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor Not doing so could result in electric shock or erroneous operation When wiring in the PLC be sure that it is done correctly by checking the product s rated voltage and the terminal layout Connecting a power supply that is different from the rating or incorrectly wiring the product could result in fire or damage External connections shall be crimped or pressure welded with the specified tools or correctly soldered Imperfect connections could result in short circuit fires or erroneous operation Tighten the terminal screws with the specified torque If the terminal screws are loose it could result in short circuits fire or erroneous operation Tightening the terminal screws too far may cause damages to the screws and or the module resulting in fallout short circuits or malfunction Be sure there are no foreign substances such as sawdust or wiring debris inside the module Such debris could cause fires damage or erroneous operation The module has an ingress prevention label on its top to prevent foreign matter such as wire offcuts from entering the module during wiring Do not peel this label during wiring Before starting system operation be sure to peel this label because of
166. ative models Remark restrictions I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 079us PC MIX value 1 3 gt 4 4 I O points 512 points 4096 points Program capacity 28k steps 28k steps File register points 1018k points gt 1017k points Extension stage stages 7 stages Number of memory cards 2 cards 1 card Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card Q2ACPU S1 QO6HCPU gt control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 034us PC MIX value 1 3 gt 10 3 I O points 1024 points 4096 points Program capacity 60k steps 60k steps File register points 1018k points gt 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Number of memory cards 2 cards 1 card Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card Q3ACPU Q12HCPU CPU module control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 15 us 0 034us PC MIX value 1 8 gt 10 3 points 2048 points 4096 points Program capacity 92k steps gt 124k steps File register points 1018k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Number of memory cards 2 cards 1 card Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card Q4ACPU Q12HCPU control Refres
167. ber of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 2 AY13 QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 2 AY13E QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Changed No fuse 5 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 HS 5 7 2 3 5 HS 5 1 2 3 HS 3 8 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16x2 AY13EU QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed AY15EU QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed
168. blow indicator d blowns Signal is output to a PLC CPU 20 points removable terminal por i i 18 points terminal block External connections block x M3x6 screw M3x6 screw Wiring change is required 1 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm D ees 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max 5 12VDC SEND Voltage over 14 4VDC is not Vi d 1 External Voltage 4 5 to 14 4V A i 4 5 to 15VDC VM applicable power ripple ratio witin 596 suppl A A at 12VD pply Cue 55m 90mA at C o 12VDC TYP per common MAX all points ON Current consumption 0 10A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON t 250 37 5 W 121 D mm 98 27 4 W 90 0 mm External dimensions A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 05 Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY40 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 69 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 31 Specifications comparisons between AY71 and QY71 3 70 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output i 32 points 32 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 5
169. card Q2MEM Micro computer program Available Not available control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only A2NCPU S1 Q02CPU Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us PC MIX value 0 2 4 4 l O points 1024 points 4096 points Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps File register points 4k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Q02CPU Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette A2NCPUR21 S1 QJ71BR11 built in RAM built in flash ROM memory Q2MEM Micro computer program Available Not available control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 03415 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 10 3 l O points 2048 points 4096 points Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages QO6HCPU Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette A3NCPUR21 QJ71BR11 built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM CPU module Q02CPU A2NCPUP21 S1 QU71LP21 25 A3NCPU QO6HCPU QO6HCPU QJ71LP21 25 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh only A2ACPU Q02CPU 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 4 4 Q02CPU 4 points 512 p
170. cement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 5VDC 12VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 3 5mA 2mA 4 5mA TYP 5VDC Approx 1 2mA Rated input current A 12VDC t le 1 Peres 5 5mA 3mA 6mA MAX 12VDC Approx 3 3mA are notappicanie 4 25 to 6VDC 4 5 to 5 5VDC SW ON Ripple ratio within 5 Operations voltage range A 12VDC t le 1 9 10 2 to 26 4VDC SW OFF 10 2 to 14 4VDC are not applicable Ripple ratio within 5 Maximum simultaneous 100 8 point common A 8p 100 simultaneously ON O on input point simultaneously ON 3 5VDC or more 1 0mA or more SW ON ON voltage ON current 5V 1mA 2 5VDC or more 1 0mA or more Sore MOTO SW OFF 1 1VDC or less 0 2mA or less SW ON OFF voltage OFF current 1V or less 0 1mA or less A Reduced 2 2VDC or less 0 2mA or less SW OFF Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ A Increased 2 X 3 P Approx 5 5kQ SW OFF PP 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or he i i f OFF to ON i5smsarisss ess Set the input response time CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70 he i i f ON to OFF re ms or less Set the input response time CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 10ms 7 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal 16 points common comm
171. ch common since 9 TB18 5 the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 sew sco Yes None Replace the module itself when its relay has a failure 24VDC 10 External Voltage x ripple voltage 4 or less External power supply is not 150mA required suppl zx peu eurent 24VDC TYP all points ON Q 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw EN 0 3 to 0 75mm core T 2 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved ees ferminals x terminal 1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated External dimensions 950 237 5 W 121 98 HI 8 27 4 W 90 Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 9 Sp Weight 0 50kg 0 22kg 1 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 9 Specifications comparisons between AY13 and QY10 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement
172. ctions Instruction Counter Measure ucti Example G INPUT G PRN etc name Reprogram for the special function modules to use with the QCPU PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 3 Precautions for Parameter Replacement 7 3 1 Conversion from ACPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the ACPU programs with the QCPU Compatibility O Common item between ACPU and QCPU that can be converted directly A that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Items to be deleted since there is no common item between the ACPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the conversion and correct re set as required bility Remarks g Sequence program capacity A No need to care about the program capacity 8 Microcomputer program capacity x No microcomputer program is available o 7 Comment capacity es since comments can be created for all E evices File register capacity A Resetting is required since the specifications are different WDT setting A This becomes default 200ms 5 de Operation mode when these is an error A This becomes default All stop Annunciator display mode x No compatible function is available RUN PAUSE contact A Re setting is required Output mode at STOP to RUN A This beco
173. ctions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY50 QY50 Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Changed Fuse not replaceable External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program AY51 QY50 Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16x2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Not changed External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program AY51 S1 QY50 Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Changed Fuse not replaceable External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program AY51 UL QY50 Number of occupied I O points Not changed 32 16 2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Not changed 5 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 5 1 SSeS 5 1 SSS 5 1 3 10 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed AY60 QY68A 4 Specifications Rated output vo
174. cuit and internal altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft altitude 2 000m 6557 38ft circuit 10M2 or more by insulation 10MQ or more by insulation Insulation vesistance o resistance tester resistance tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 14s noise width Noise durability IEC801 4 1kV and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV 250 37 5 W x 131 D 98 27 4 W 90 D mm m dimensions a x 148 n x 5 16 n us x 1 08 x a inch A abi ts narrower Weight 0 50kg 0 17kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX10 2 The following figure shows derating 9 10 ON 80 ratio 70 EN 120VAC 132VAC 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 Specifications comparisons between AX20 and QX28 Specification O Compatible A Par Compatibility ial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement 2 8 points Use two QX28s when using 9 Number of input points 16 points x 3 16 points occupied points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 Approx 17mA 200VAC 60 2 Approx 14mA 200VAC
175. d m 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A R1 25 3 ApplicabIs crimping Bey BYSSA sleeved crimping terminals x terminal V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A ls ju V2 S3 V2 YS3A J 32 points I O assignment 16 points I O assignment I O assignment differs Occupied points i x Intelligent 32 points Interrupt Current consumption 0 14A TYP all points ON 0 06A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W 121 D 98 27 4 W 90 D mm Wiring space is narrower External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 40kg 0 20kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QI60 3 79 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Specifications comparisons between Al61 S1 and QI60 Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible Specification Al61 S1 QI60 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of interrupt 16 points 16 points input points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC Rated input current 14mA Approx 6mA A Reduced 1 Operating voltage 21 6 to 26 4VDC 04 to PB SV DO o range ripple ratio witin 5 Maximum 100 16 100 16 simultaneous input o simultaneously ON simultaneously ON point The ON vol h i ON voltage 16V or more 19V or more 4 0mA or more A 4 Mold do
176. d Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 24VDC not applica ble Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AXT1 QX71 Rated input voltage Changed 24VDC not applica ble Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed AX50 S1 None Input module AX60 S1 None 5 1 2 3 SYS AX70 QX70 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT Product Model Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX70 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX80E QX82 S1 Rated input voltage Chang
177. d I O modules 362 x 200 mm 224 5 x 80 mm 14 25 x 7 87 inch A QnA series A38B E UL A38HB A38HBEU 8 can be loaded 8 84 x 3 15 inch Possibility of extension Exten dable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 480 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 18 90 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 460 x 200 mm 308 x 80 mm 18 11 x 7 87 inch 12 13 x 3 15 inch Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions When using the renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q33B Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter for the A32B S1 is not available Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 2 Extension base unit No power supply module required a Comparisons between A52B and Q52B Loaded I O modules
178. d ati terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be reexamined 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm Sup E eels nu x Wes D inch AT MUS 0 inch spaces Weight 0 44kg 0 22kg 1 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY10 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 39 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Specifications comparisons between AY10A and QY18A Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AY10A QY18A Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 points 8 points Use two QY18As when using 9 points 16 points occupied points or more 1 Isolation method is different but the Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A performance is equivalent et 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point Rated switching 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switening 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mec
179. d scan execution type Fixed scan This type of program is executed per interval set in the Fixed scan interval and In unit Fixed scan interval Sets the program execution interval of fixed execution type program Setting range depends on the unit set in the fixed scan interval For ms 0 5 to 999 5ms 0 5ms unit For s 1 to 60s 1s unit Unit Selects the unit ms or s for the fixed scan interval 7 7 10 Precautions for File Register Replacement This section provides precautions for replacing the ACPU or QnACPU using file registers with the QCPU ACPU QnACPU QCPU Storage Memory card Standard RAM destination y Up to 2 cards 4 drives Memory card 1card Standard RAM Up to 128k points Maximum Depends on applicable rro ee ped 2M on CPU type number of points memory cassette used memory ee 1017k points When using a 2M memory card Number of points 8k points 32k points 32k points 1 Changing storage destination after replacement a Changing storage destination after replacement of the ACPU The value whose capacity has been set with the parameter of ACPU is not converted since the storage destination is different Set the storage destination and capacity points in the file setting of the PLC parameter setting Be sure to select Use the following file when setting the storage destination Selecting Use the following file makes th
180. d signal is output to 53080089 PLC CPU CPU el 20 points removable terminal 7 i 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x X M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required 1 pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required UE R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used 12 24VD 12 24VDC 2 Voltage over 28 8 VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A A 10 2 to 30VDC HP applicable power ripple ratio within 596 supply 65mA Current 20mA at 24VDC common 2 24VDC TYP per common Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON 7 250 37 5 W 121 D mm 98 27 4 W 90 D mm External dimensions A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch iid Weight 0 42kg 0 17kg 1 Using the conversion adapter ERNT AQTY50 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the external wiring change 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 24 Specifications comparisons between AY51 and QY50 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output
181. ded 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and second
182. e Max applied voltage applicable Maximum load current 0 3A point 2A point 8A unit Maximum inrush 1A 100ms or less 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 1 5VDC 50mA to 0 3A 0 3VDC MAX 2A 1 0VDC 50mA or less Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A E m Response time differs time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistive load 10ms or less resistive load A Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode Common terminal Not provided all points inde Not provided all points inde o arrengement pendent pendent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal i 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiri h i ired ppli wire siz 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x iring change is required R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleevederimpina terminals cannot Vi 1 I terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Ping armine cann be used Review current capacity when using 2 QY68As since current Current consumption 0 19A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON A i M P consumption is increased that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions Da H x T A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 8 86 H x 1
183. e data to be stored differ Section management comments file registers etc as between the QnA series and 2 4 1 files Q series Selects a suitable execution type Structured for program application and E _ divides each program by designer process or others When using a base unit with Performs the I O assignment to other than 8 slots set the VO np Section 5 individual module regardless number of slots with the 244 9 of its mounted position parameter I O assignment 8 setting Bootin Executes the sequence program Memory configuration and ROM after reading it from the memory data to be stored differ Section operation card to the CPU built in memory between the QnA series and 2 4 1 when the CPU goes to RUN mode Q series The Q series provides read Data protection aos A write protection for each file System Prohibits peripheral devices to 1 with password registration protect read write the programs and A RRAN The QnA series prohibits Section Keyword comments in the CPU built in parameters programs read 2 4 2 registration memory memory cassette or memory card write from to the user 2 y j memory with keyword registration registration Sets an initial value of device Memory configuration and Initial device memory file registers and special data to be stored differ Section value function modules etc when the between the QnA series
184. e file equivalent to the ACPU b Changing storage destination after replacement of the QnACPU Drive No for storing file registers differs between the QnACPU and QCPU Set the parameters Standard RAM memory card RAM memory card ROM according to the drive where the file register is stored 7 53 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 2 3 7 7 11 1 Maximum number of points 1 Maximum number of points after replacement of the ACPU For the ACPU with the memory cassette A4UMCA 128 the memory capacity is 1MB When replacing the ACPU with the QCPU installing the SRAM card of 1MB or more secures the file register capacity of the ACPU 2 Maximum number of points after replacement of the QnACPU When two memory cards have been installed and files have been switched in using the maximum number of points may not be secured after replacing the QnACPU with the QCPU Number of points for one block 1 Number of points for one block after replacement of the ACPU For the ACPU with the extension file registers the number of points for one block is 8k points For the QCPU the number of points for one block is 32k points 2 Number of points for one block after replacement of the QnACPU Definition of file register capacity is the same for the QnACPU and QCPU When the storage destination and maximum number of points are the same program adjustment for file registers is not required Boot Run Method Writing Programs to ROM The
185. e is required 1 iata Dag 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max s Tm R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sisevedierimpihia t rininals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8V A 10 2 to 40VDC DAMM applicable power ripple ratio within 596 suppl A 10mA at 24VD Current m OMA 0 24VDC TYP common MAX all points ON Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 065A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 x 27 4 W x 90 D mm o External dimensions A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch one Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg 1 Using the conversion adapter ERNT AQTY40 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the external wiring change 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 16 Specifications comparisons between AY40A and QY68A Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 46 points 8 points Use two QY68As when using 9 x points P 16 points occupied points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 5 24VDC Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not 4 5 to 28 8VDC A d i rang
186. e some of the Q series input modules support lower OFF current than those of the A series c Specifications change of maximum simultaneous on input point Check the specifications of sensors and switches since some of the Q series input modules have less maximum simultaneous on input points than those of the A series Refer to the derating diagram and use within the range shown in the diagram when replacing with the Q series d Specifications change of rated voltage value The QX4 and the QX8 O type DC input module of the Q series are dedicated to DC24V Use QX7 O at 12VDC N 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT e Specifications change of response time For the Q series DC input modules the I O response time can be set with the parameter Set the I O response time with parameters adjusting it to the response time of the A series input module Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangement may differ between the A series and Q series Pay attention when applying a different voltage to each common 4 Precautions for output module a b c Specifications change of output current value Some of the Q series output modules support lower output current than those of the A series Check the specification of the load side when using the Q series output module with smaller output current Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangeme
187. each common since 9 TB9 TB18 the QY22 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 7A fast blow fuse 1 fuse Fuse Installing a fuse to an external x common type HP 70K cable is recommended Yes Fuses are not built in 2 AUS LED is turned ON when fuse Fuse blow indicator x is blown Signal is output to a PLC CPU 20 points removable terminal t P 18 points terminal block M3x6 External connections block x Screw M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required 3 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max 7 CNA R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 slesvedicrimpina terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Current consumption 0 305A TYP all points ON 0 25A MAX all points ON 250 37 5 W 121 0 mm 98 x 27 4 W 112 3 0 mm External dimensions Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 4 42 D inch g Sp Weight 0 71kg 0 40kg O 1 Connect a varistor to reduce external noise 2 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deterioration upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 Using the conversion adapter ERNT AQTY22 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the external wiring change
188. ed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX70 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX81 QX81 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Input module Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 When 12VDC is required use QX71 Alternating with QX81 is recommended 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions The wire breakage detection function not provided 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications AX81 S1 QX81 Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable 1 Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions
189. ed to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change destination PLCs Some instructions are not converted for the following causes Refer to Section 7 2 Instruction Conversion to change the program manually 1 The change target PLC does not have the equivalent functions and instructions 2 Instructions to specified modules cause to change the module and buffer memory configuration 3 Multiple instructions with the same name and argument exist Example CHK instruction etc 4 conversion causes a mismatch the instructions Example IX instruction etc 7 8 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 4 Reading Reusing Other Format Files The following explains how to read appropriate files in the GPPQ GPPA format other than that of the GX Developer Follow this procedure to convert them to the file format of the GX Developer 1 Operation Procedure Select Project Import file Import from GPPQ format file Import from GPPA format file 2 Setting screen Import from GPPA format file x Drive Path GPPUSR Browse System name o Execute J US Pipe pa Merge peripheral statement note Cancel all selections aa de ssec Local aga Program o Bg s Parameter PLC Network 5 18 Device memory
190. egistration whereas the series Section protect the memory cassettes the eis prohibits the parameters 2 4 2 Keyword memory card and built in and programs from registration memory etc of a CPU being read written to the Password module registration user memory keyword registration The settings The settings for the output of output status at changing from In case of transition from status at STOP to RUN Y between the A series it is changing re output operation status necessary to re set the fromSTOPto before STOP and output parameters RUN after operation execution A CPU includes a clock of The Q series handles which data can be read the four digits of the year Clock written The clock data western calendar A A d function consists of year month whereas the A series date hour minute second handles only the last two and a day of the week digits 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Not usable A series Q series Precaution for Reference Function Contents z AnACPU AnUCPU Performance Process 2 replacement section For the Q series it is 7 Changes writes to the necessary to set the SN Sung program of a CPU in the O 4 O 4 reserved capacity for the Pru RUN mode write during RUN in E advance Stores the dat
191. emory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A2UCPU Q02CPU gt control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 079us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 I O points 512 points 4096 points Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage stages 7 stages Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A2UCPU S1 Q02CPU control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us 0 079us PC MIX value 0 9 4 4 I O points 1024 points 4096 points Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A3UCPU QO6HCPU control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 15us 0 034us PC MIX value 1 2 10 3 I O points 2048 points 4096 points Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A4UCPU Q12HCPU
192. emovable terminal External connections block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screws 0 3mm AWG 22 or Wiri h i ired 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Joris x inngrehangerie requifad For ABCON1 or A6CON4 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions SUN 131 pum 9 84 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg Use the QX71 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX41 The following figure shows derating 10 90 on 80 N 28 8VDC ratio 70 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 4 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is pos sible 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 12 Specifications comparisons between AX41 S1 and QX41 S1 Specification O Compatible QX41 S1 A Par Compatibility ial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of inp
193. endent A since all the contacts of the QY68A 9 TB10 TB20 P P are independent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 5A fast blow fuse None Fuse 2 fuse per common type Installing a fuse to an external x MP 50 cable is recommended Yes Fuses are not built in 1 M When fuse is blows LED Fuse blow indicator x indicates it signal is output to CPU 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x M3x6 screw Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Diete uar Wiring change is required le x PP 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max 9 9 R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 WM sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 075A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON current capacity must be reexamined 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm F narrower 9 84 x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch MDS page Weight 0 66kg 0 14kg O 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when fuse blown display is necessary 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 30 Specifications comparisons between AY70 and QY70 Specification O Compatib
194. ensor or switch to connect to the QH42P 2 The following figure shows derating 100 90 ON 80 N 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 Modify the output number used in the program 3 76 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Specifications comparisons between A42XY and QX42 QY42P a Specifications comparisons between A42XY input part and QX42 Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible Compatibility Specification A42XY input specification Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler input type Dynamic scan of 8 inputs x 8 Static Set the static Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 10 2 to 26 4VDC ripple ratio witin 5 24VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC ripple ratio witin 5 Maximum Use within the range shown in the simultaneous input 60 simultaneously ON Refer to the deratine chart 2 MM 9 derating figure point ON voltage ON current 7VDC or more 19V or more 3mA or more 12VDC are not aplicable OFF voltage OFF c 3VDC or more 11V or less 1 7mA or less 12VDC are not aplicable u input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input OFF to ON 16ms or less
195. er current capacity is necessary 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 1 List of Alternative Models for Base Unit and Extension Cable A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions A32B Q32SB A35B Q35B A38B Q38B A38B UL Q38B Main base unit pee 5 Q35B A38B E Q38B 2 51 Q33B Number of I O slots 2slots 3 slots A38HB Q38B A38HBEU Q38B A52B Q52B A55B Q55B Q55B x 2 units 4 odd 993p Number of I O slots 8 slots 5 slots x 2 units mura bese Uni A62B Q63B Number of I O slots 2 slots gt slots A65B Q65B A68B Q68B A68B UL Q68B ACO6B QC06B AC12B QC12B AC30B QC30B A1SCO5NB QC05B Parallel mounting is not allowed Beeps once Parallel mounting is not allowed mee tie Sener Cable length 0 7m 0 6m A1SC30NB QC30B Parallel mounting is not allowed A1SC50NB QC50B Parallel mounting is not allowed 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 2 Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications Comparisons 5 2 1 Base Unit Specifications Comparisons 1 Main base unit a Comparisons between A32B E and Q32SB Loaded I O modules A QnA series A32B E 2 can be loaded Possibility of extension Cannot connect extension modules Mounting hole size 6 mm 0 24 in dia pear
196. es ATA card Max 32M bytes Standard RAM Max 256k bytes Standard ROM 2 4 2 Keyword Registration and Password Registration Max 1008k bytes The Q series prohibits reading from writing to programs etc when a password is registered as does the A QnA series with keyword registration Available functions are described below Item Prohibiting method for writing to program etc A series The following attribute can be set to the specified memory Prohibition of read write Model QnA series Either of the following attributes can be set to the specified memory drive e Prohibition of read write display e Prohibition of write Q series Batch password setting for all files provides the equivalent function Supplement By using a password the follow ing attributes can be set to each specified file of the specified memory drive Prohibition of read write dis play Prohibition of write 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 4 3 Write During RUN To execute the write during RUN it is necessary to reserve the program capacity for increase upon the write during RUN in advance 1 A series The program capacity is decided by the parameter memory capacity setting and can be increased within the capacity range upon the write during RUN 2 QnA Q series It is necessary to set the program capacity for increase upon the write during RUN at the PLC write
197. es or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC DAR M thousand E 0 200 thousand 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A ife Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A imes or more since the life is approximately half skip pan 200 thousand 5o oVAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A d SUB OUSARd ieee ble e 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R27ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R27ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum switening 3600 times hour 3600 times hour o frequency Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Relay saie Yes None Replace the module itself when its relay has a failure Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common to Une a ML arrengement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 5 voltage f r each eight points since the QY10 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not supply Current 150mA required 24VDC TYP all points ON 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm NE x Wiring change is required 2 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved se
198. ess i Vd ome tor the CPU parameter setting input response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 1 for th ON to OFF o se initial va Oms for the CPU parameter setting input response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms For wiring a different voltage 8 points common Common terminal 16 points common cannot be applied to each common common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 since the QX40 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable E 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3 x 6 screws x x W M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required PP 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sispusd enmplng terminal Vi 1 I terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 x cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions x UM D Hr Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 37kg 0 16kg 1 Connect a resistor of 5 6ko 1 2W or higher serially to the external signal line that connects external devices to t
199. f the same character i SM12953 LARA CR2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Switching between normal and highlighted CRDSP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 display for characters CRDSPV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Setting highlighted display for characters CREV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 T 17 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 18 Contents Instruction name O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Reference section Salina te saren CSCRD OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 CSCRU OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Conversion from decimal ASCII to BCD 4 digit data DABCD DABCD Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit data DABIN DABIN Reading clock data DATERD DATERD Writing in clock data DATEWR DATEWR BIN 32 bit dead band controls DBAND DBAND Conversion from BCD 8 digit to decimal ASCII data DBCDDA DBCDDA Conversion from BIN 32 bit to decimal ASCII data DBINDA DBINDA Conversion from BIN 32 bit data to hexadecimal DBINHA DBINHA ASCII data Conversion from decimal ASCII to BCD 8 digit data DDABCD DDABCD Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit data DDABIN DDABIN Conversion from floating point radian to angle DEG DEG Conversion from BIN 32 bit to floating point data DFLOAT DFLT Conversion from hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit data
200. file register Use block No Stores the block No of the extension file register being used in BCD code SD1255 TM Device number when D9036 Extension file registerfor SD999 individual devices from designation of device 2 501255 extension file register D9037 number SD999 directly accessed Sets priority of ERROR LEDs which illuminate or flicker to indicate errors with error code numbers D9038 SD207 Priorities 1 to 4 Configuration of the priority setting areas is as shown below LED display priority b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bO ranking SD207 Priority 4 Priority 3 Priority 2 Priority 1 SD208 Priority 7 1 Priority6 Priority 5 D9039 SD208 Priorities 5 to 7 For details refer to the applicable QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals and the ACPU Programming manual Fundamentals SD1255 Step or time during D9044 For sampling trace i SD999 sampling trace SD1255 Block number of D9049 Work area for SFC 55 SD999 extension file register D9050 SD1255 SFC program error Error code generated by SD999 number SFC program SD1255 Block number where D9051 Error block SD999 error occurred SD1255 Step number where error D9052 Error step zi SD999 occurred Transition condition SD1255 m D9053 Error transition number where error SD999 occurred SD1255 Sequence step number D9054 Error sequence step SD999 where error occurred SD1255 D9055 Status latch Status
201. g Maximum inrush Carefull lect f i ximum inru Som 10ms abs Omer leks A ully select load for use since current the inrush current value differs 1 Vou 3 5VDC Vou 3 5VDC Output voltage at OFF 9H Vcc 5VDC 0 4mA Vcc 5VDC 0 4 Check the input specifications of Maximum voltage drop Vo 0 2VDC external equipment to be connected Voz 0 3VDC A at ON lo 16mA since the maximum voltage drop is bigger when turning on OFF to ON 1ms or less 0 5ms or less Response 0 5ms of less time ON to OFF 1ms or less gn resistive load 32 points common Common terminal 32 points common arrengement Common terminal Common terminal A01 A02 1 E 9 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 d Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 1 6A h Fuse Nene 6A Unc angeab e Fuse blow capacity 50A Yes When fuse is blows LED Fuse blow indicator T E iii indicates it signal is output to CPU The 40 pin connector is sold External connections Two 40 pin connectors solder 40 pin connetctor optional separately 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs 0 3mm AWG 22 or Applicable wire size 0 3mm pele for AGCON1 or A6CON4 The 40 pin connector is sold Two external wiring connec Accessory 9 None x separately tors 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs 5 12VDC Voltage over 14 4VDC is Vi 1 Voltage 4 5 to 15VDC
202. ge is required 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved rae terminals terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated External dimensions POR KSAS W mm Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg 1 Connect varistor to reduce external noise 2 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit 3 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY10 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 Specifications comparisons between AY11EEU and QY10 Specification AY11EEU O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number ee 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A Isolation metho lie EUR performance is equivalent ESTE 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load Ipoint 24VAC 2A 1 point 240VAC 2A 5 1 point voltage current 8A common 8A common siening 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA load Maximum switenng
203. ges gt 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 4 4 4 I O points 1024 points 4096 points Q02CPU 5 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps AANCPUPEIS4 QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 4k points gt 1017k points 7 Extension stage 7 stages gt 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 10 3 4 I O points 2048 points 4096 points QO6HCPU 5 Program capacity 30k x 2 steps gt 60k steps BSMGPUPET Se QJ71LP21G 6 File register points 8k points gt 1017k points 7 Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM 9 Micro computer program Available Not available CPU module 1 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 4 4 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points QO2CPU 5 Program capacity 14k steps
204. h only Processing speed LD instruction 0 075us gt 0 034us PC MIX value 3 8 gt 10 3 I O points 4096 points 4096 points Program capacity 124k steps 124k steps File register points 1018k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Number of memory cards 2 cards 1 card Max memory card SRAM capacity 2M bytes x 2 cards 2M bytes x 1 card Q02CPU QU61BT11N Q02CPU QU61BT11N QU71LP21 25 Q02CPU QU61BT11N QU71BR11 Q02CPU QU61BT11N QU71C24N Q02CPU QJ61BT11N 9 QU71C24N Q02CPU QU61BT11N A2CCPU A2CCPUP21 A2CCPUR21 A2CCPUC24 PRF gt 2 24 A2CJCPU S3 control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 1 25us 0 079us PC MIX value 0 1 gt 4 4 I O points 512 points 4096 points Program capacity 8k steps 28k steps File register points 4k points gt 1017k points Remote I O MINI S3 CC Link Applicable memory built in RAM 4KROM 8KROM 16KROM built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM Micro computer program Available Not available 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 2 CPU Module Specifications Compariso Function Contents A2CCPU Usable A Partia A QnA series AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU ly different in spec eg setting method Q series Precaution for replacement x Not usable Reference section
205. hange required x Incompatible ACPU specification QCPU specification and precautions for replacement Refer to Main Main program is required ES Sub 1 Sub programs if included are Sequence switched with the CHG Each program is dealt as one file Section program EE instructions Measure 779 Sub 3 The SFC is dealt as the Execute the file setting of PLC SEC microcomputer program of main parameter Specification Creating microcomputer program is not applicable Measure A user created microcomputer Replacing the ACPU user created Microcomputer program and the microcomputer microcomputer PRIAN mt program program of the utility package are programi since the available microcomputer program execution is not applicable For utility packages instructions correct them equivalent to the corresponding instructions of the QCPU Specification With the Change PLC type instructions are converted Dedicated instructions for the automaticaly excep some Secti Instruction ACPU LED instruction etc are Instructions Measure 7 2 available EAE The inconvertible instructions are converted to SM1255 and SD1255 which correcting the programs is required Specification Data is stored in a standard RAM Storage area is reserved in a or memory card Section File register memory cassette One block is set in 32k points unit 7710 One block is set in 8 k poin
206. hanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A 0 7 300 thousand COS 0 7 200 thousand ee 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Life Electrical times or more COS 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 200VAC 0 7A 240VAC 0 5A since the life is approximately half COS 0 35 200 thousand e OF more A imest more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A basi RA 390 Migusang 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 thousand times or more 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Common terminal Not provided Not provided o arrengement all points independent all points independent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Voltage e ripple voltage 4Vp p or less External power supply is not aie ay 150 _ required 24VDC TYP all points ON 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required 7 1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25
207. he 40 3 28 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 17 Specifications comparisons between AX60 S1 and QX40 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX60 S1 Qx40 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Rated input voltage 100 110 120VDC 24VDC x 19 applicable 1 Rated input current 2mA Approx 4mA 65mA 121VDC Max inrush current 75mA 140VDC 85 140VDC 20 4 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is x Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 applicable 1 Maximum simultaneous 60 5 point common IRR 100 simultaneously ON input point simultaneously ON 80VDC or more 1 4mA or Voltage over 28 8VDC is not ON voltage ON current 19V or more 3mA or more x bs more applicable 1 Voltage over 28 8VDC is not OFF voltage OFF current 20VDC or less 0 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less x H i applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 50kQ Approx 5 6kQ x Input resistance is lower 1 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input OFF to ON 10ms or less ae l Me Mp CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 10ms for the input ON to OFF 2
208. he conversion adapter ERNT AQTX40 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 10 Specifications comparisons between AX40 UL and QX40 3 22 Specification AX40 UL O Compatible A Par Compatibility ial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range A 12VDC are not applicable 1 9 Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 Pp Maximum simultaneous 100 8 point common a 6 poi 100 simultaneously ON on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less 12VDC are not applicable 1 input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1 10ms 20 Le du Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting A parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms i 1 1 2 pow bh des Use initial value 10ms for the O
209. heral function device Stores the data of specified Sampling devices at the specified intervals O 4 O4 E _ trace for monitoring by the peripheral device Collects the execution status of The Q series does not Program trace specified programs and steps and 4 x x incorporate the program Stores them in a file 5 trace function E Th i not h 3 Detaches I O modules or special bi Q bei He not aye D the simulation function a Simulation modules from the CPU module 5 Performing debugging with function and test operates the program i upon the step operation GX Simulator Is P p op recommended The Q series does not Stops the execution of a sequence include the step operation program at the specified step function Consider the debug with GX Simulator Execution time measurement EA Program list Measures the operation time for _ 3 each program monitor scan time measurement Monitors the access interval of n special function modules or interval eripheral devices reading perp i Repl le whil Online VO Enables I O modules to be ace PO module while mods replaced while the CPU is in RUN 9 s RUN AONI z replacement p 7 supported for Process CPU 8 Self Diagnoses whether any error has Error codes differ between S occurred detects errors and stop a diagnostics the A series and Q series
210. ication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable po i 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3 B W M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm an t DOTEM x Wiring change is required 3 R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 camping feriis terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 x 27 4 W x 90 D mm o Ext Id Wi aoe 9 84 H x 1 48 W 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W 3 54 D inch Weight 0 39kg 0 17kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX10 2 The following figure shows derating 10 90 PK 120VAC on 80 ratio 70 60 50 132VAC 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 9 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX10 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 13 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Specifications comparisons between AX11 and QX10 3 14 Specification O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Compatibility X1 h ing 17 Number of in
211. ies and function CPU etc Q series 1 High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 Process is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 4 Only A2CCPUC24 PRF is applicable A2CJCPU S3 and A2CCPU P21 R21 are not 5 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 6 The A1NCPU P21 R21 is not applicable f The SRAM card is required 2 8 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 2 Functional Comparisons Between AnACPU AnUCPU and Q Series CPU Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Not usable A series Q series Function Contents AnACPU AnUCPU Performance Process 2 Precaution for replacement Reference section 1 High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 Process is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 8 Device numbers are converted upon the PLC type change by GX Developer Refer to Section 7 4 Wicca cua ud Set this function with the Constant special register 09020 scan intervals regardless of the series and with processing time of the parameters for Q series program Holds the data of devices in the event of power OFF Latch power resetting and a momentary backup power failure
212. in flash ROM are alternative A4UMCA 128E Unnecessary Built in RAM and built in flash ROM are alternative IC RAM memory 4KRAM Unnecessary Built in RAM is alternative 4KEROM Unnecessary Built in flash ROM is alternative EP ROM memory 32KROM Unnecessary Built in flash ROM is alternative 64KROM Unnecessary Built in flash ROM is alternative 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement 1 Precaution for memory replacement a The Q series does not need memory cassettes since its CPU module incorporates the built in RAM flash ROM This built in flash ROM in the CPU module enables the ROM operation Boot run b When using multiple blocks of extension file registers or sampling trace function for the Q series the SRAM card for the series is required 2 Precaution for battery replacement The battery for the A series AGBAT should be replaced with the one for Q series Q6BAT Q7BAT Refer to the users manual of each CPU module for battery life since it varies depending on the type of CPU module and memory cassette The A6BAT is not a model to be discontinued 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT Memo PROGRAM REPLACEMENT PROGRAM REPLACEMENT This chapter explains how to replace reuse the programs and comments of the A and QnA series CPU with the Q series and precautions for the replacement 1 Comparisons between ACPU and QCPU O Compatible Partial c
213. indication LED 38 points removable terminal External connections block 40 pin connetctor optional x M3x6 screw 0 3mm AWG 22 or Wiri h i ired 1 Apie CE 0 75 to 2mm mm AWG 22 or less iring change is required For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 12 24VDC eee Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Vi S External Voltage hee do 10 2 to 28 8V a TM power ripple ratio within 5 Pp supply 20mA Current 20mA at 24VDC 5 24VDC TYP per common Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 105A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 27 4 W External dimensions ace SIN Jmm ween W x 90 D ma A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 15kg 1 Using the conversion adapter ERNT AQTY41 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the external wiring change Moreover by using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible Specification 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT AY41 UL O Compatible 18 Specifications comparisons between AY41 UL and QY41P Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 32 points 32 points points Isolation method Pho
214. ing R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 110A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON tera 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 45kg 0 18kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX82 S1 2 The following figure shows derating 10 90 80 ratio 70 60 24VDC 50 26 4VDC 40 30 28 8VDC 20 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 5055 C 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 26 Specifications comparisons between AX82 and QX82 3 38 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX82 Qx82 Compatibiity Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operations voltage range A 12VDC are not applicable 1 p g Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 40points Maximum simultaneous When located next to the Use within the range shown in the 3 Refer to the derating chart 3 A Qu on input point power supp
215. instruction When executing the END processing contact 1 Precautions for using timer a b Q QnACPU timer ladder programming method Set the number of points for the timer and retentive timer in the Device setting of the parameter setting To use the low speed timer high speed timer retentive timer and high speed retentive timer separately add H or S to the OUT instruction in programming Ex Low speed timer OUT TO Kn High speed timer OUTH TO Kn Low speed retentive timer OUT STO Kn High speed retentive timer OUTH STO Kn ACPU timer ladder programming method Set the total number of points of timer and the first device number of low speed timer high speed timer and retentive timer in the Device setting of the parameter setting The default setting is as follows Number of points of timer 256 First device number of low speed timer 0 TO to T199 First device number of high speed timer 200 T200 to T255 First device number of retentive timer 0 When using the retentive timer change the setting to reserve necessary number of points PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 5 Counter Function QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACPU AnNCPU K100 K100 Specifying method L CO c lt co Updating present value ON OFF processing for When executing the OUT Cn instruction contact When executing the END instruction 7 7 6 Display Instructions Instruction QCPU QnACPU AnUCPU AnACP
216. int simultaneously ON 31VDC or more Voltage over 28 8VDC is not ON voltage ON current 19VDC or more 3mA or more x ag 1 7mA or more applicable 1 Voltage over 28 8VDC is not OFF voltage OFF current 10VDC or less 0 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less x d applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 18kQ Approx 5 6kQ x Increased 3 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Set the input response time of OFF to ON 20ms or less 60VDC o LE CPU parameter setting parameters to 20 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Set the input response time of ON to OFF 20ms or less 60VDC o epe cd CPU parameter setting parameters to 20 ms Initial setting is 10ms 3 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal f 32 points common amantemert common terminal TB9 common terminal 17 18 36 A be applied to each common since 9 18 27 TB36 ME EAS the QX81 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED O 38 points removable terminal 37 pin D sub connector External connections block x option x6 Sorew Wiring change is required 4 Irt 1 1 5 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 3mm For A6CON1E x 9 onange s Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 110A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 37 5 W 131 0 mm 98 x 27 4 W
217. ints P 16 points A occupied 48 points and 64 points by using the switch points on module surface Depends on the switch setting for Set the number of occupied points 7 the number of input occupied points with the I O assignment of assignment A Vacant 16 points A 7 PIGA 16 points 32 points 48 points 64 parameter settings classification points Reserve 16 points 32 points 48 Mounted to the slot where no I O Application points or 64 points in advance for the module is mounted especially A future need of adding I O between modules for dust controll The provided simulation switches for Other 16points from the first I O number Configure with external switches g x functions allows the input on off without an and input modules external switch Current 0 07A A consumption External 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 x 27 4 W x 90 D mm dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 3kg 0 07kg 3 81 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 3 Precautions for I O Module Replacement 1 Wiring a Size of wire and crimping terminal The module and terminal block of the Q series are smaller than the A series therefore the applicable size of wire and crimping terminal for terminal blocks differ between the two series For this reason use the wire and crimping terminal compatible with the specifications of the Q series I O modu
218. ints 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 5VDC 12VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current daria SMA SVP Approx 1 2 A 12VDC are not applicable 1 5 5mA 3mA 6mA MAX 12VDC Approx 3 3mA 4 25 to 6VDC 4 5 to 5 5VDC SW ON Ripple ratio within 5 Operations voltage range 10 2 to 26 4 0 SW 4 js to 14 4VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Ripple ratio within 5 100 8 point common 100 simultaneously ON o on input point simultaneously ON 3 5VDC or more ON voltage ON current VANUS or mor SW 3 5V or more 1mA or more 5VDC 1 0mA or more SW OFF 1 1VDC or less OFF voltage OFF current Or 195S SWOR 1V or less 0 1mA or less A Reduced 2 2VDC or less 0 2mA or less SW OFF The input resi i Input resistance Approx TAKA SW Approx 3 3kQ A o mu Rui Approx 5 5kQ SW OFF ON status 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON 70ms or less Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF Sms orless 70ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 1 ms Initial setting is 10ms Common terminal 8 pointecommon 32 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot common terminal TB9 common terminal B01 B02 A be applied to each common since TB18 TB27 T
219. ion corresponding to Do QA1S68B gt the AnS series QA1S6LB is connected to the main base a 2 unit or Q6LB or Q1S6LB 24 25 26 27 28 ae m Extension base unit for module 00 3 2 installation corresponding to 60 5 QA65B the A series ES ele 5 QA65B is connected to the a end of QA1S60B or QA65B 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 2 List of Configurating Devices The following table shows modules that can be used on the QA65B type extension base units Name Type Remark A61P A62P A63P A65P Power supply module A67P A66P A68P A61PEU A62PEU AX10 AX11 AX11EU AX20 21 AX21EU AX31 AX31 S1 AX40 1 AX41 S1 AX42 Input module AX42 S1 AX50 AX50 S1 AX60 AX60 S1 AX70 AX71 AX80 AX80E AX81 AX81 S1 AX81 S2 AX81 S3 AX81B AX82 AY10 AY10A AY11 AY11A AY11E AY11AEU AY11EEU AY13 AY13E AY13EU AY15EU AY20EU AY22 AY23 AY40 AY4OP AY40A 41 AY41P AY42 ee AY42 S1 AY42 S2 AY42 S3 AY42 S4 AY50 AY51 AY51 S1 AY60 AY60S AY60E AY60EP AY70 AY71 AY72 AY80 AY80EP AY81 AY81EP AY82EP module 42 42 High speed counter module AD61 06151 i A D converter module A68AD A68AD S2 A68ADN A616AD A62DA A62DA S1 A68DAV A68DAI S1 A616DAV A616DAI Temperature Digital converter A68RD3 A68RDA A616TD A60MX module A60MXR A60MXT Interrup
220. ions differ between QCPU compatible modules and QnACPU compatible modules 7 2 5 Instructions that May Need a Replacement After Conversion from QnACPU to QCPU Some instructions are not automatically converted upon the replacement of the QnACPU with the QCPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted and their measures Reviewing the program is recommended i QnACPU Instruction type Corrective action instruction LED Counter Measure Display instructions LEDC Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does not have the LED display function Status latch instructions SET FURTO EM SASUI SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Sampling trace instructions Supplement 1 1 reer pg STRAR Conversion candidate instructions Application i j STRA gt TRACE instruction instructions STRAR TRACER instruction PTRA Counter Measure Program trace instructions PTRAR There is no alternative action PTRAEXE Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Use the ATA card as a Other instructions EROMWR memory card Supplement Conversion candidate instruction EROMWR FWRITE instruction Counter Measure PID control instructions PID57 A There is no alternative action G P Special function modules instru
221. ions voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A 12VDC are not applicable Maximum simultaneous 60 5 point common Use within the range shown in the Refer to the derating chart 2 A meat on input point simultaneously ON derating figure ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms OFF to ON ETE 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF dams 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms 8 points common 32 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal common terminal TB9 common terminal 1B01 1B02 A be applied to each common since TB18 TB27 TB36 2B01 2B02 the QX82 S1 has only one common ON indication LED Operation indicator ON indication LED 32 point switch over using switch 38 points removable terminal External connections block 40 pin connector x 1 option x M3 x 6 screw 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm For A amp CON1 or A6CON4 x Applicable crimp
222. iring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Changed Fuse not replaceable 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY81 QY81P Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Changed Output 0 5A gt 0 14 5 Functions Not changed AY60E QY68A 5 1 2 3 Sere SS AY60S QY68A 5 1 2 3 5 HS AY70 QY70 5 1 2 3 Sere HS AY72 QY71 5 1 2 3 2 5 aS AY80 QY80 3 1 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Not changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 64 32x2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Not changed 1 External wiring Not changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 32 points occupied 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input res
223. istance Changed 5 Functions Not changed Use both QX42 QY42P and converting I O signal from dynamic to static Dummy module function Alternating with QG60 and I O assignment setting is recommended Simulation switch function Alternating with QX40 and external switch is recommended Blanking module AG60 QG60 No restrictions 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 16 points occupied 4 Specifications Rated input voltage Changed 12VDC not applicable Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed Functions Not changed External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 16 points occupied 4 Specifications Al61 S1 QI60 Rated input voltage Not changed Rated input current Changed ON voltage ON current Changed OFF voltage OFF current Changed Input resistance Changed 5 Functions Not changed 6 Others The response time is different Output module AY82 EP QY81P module AH42 QH42P Dynamic scan I O module A42XY None Dummy module AG62 None Al61 QI60 5 Interrupt module 1 2 3 SYS HS 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 Modules Specifications Comparisons Between 3 2 1 Specifications Comparisons Between Input Modules 1 Specifications comparisons between AX10 and QX10
224. ithin 5 qure Maximum simultaneous Use within the range shown in the 100 simultaneously Refer to the derating chart 2 A M 1 9 derating figure 19VDC or more are required to ON voltage ON current 16VDC or more 5mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more VR OR OFF voltage OFF current 8VDC or less 2mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less Reduced 1 input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ Increased 1 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms some aries Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting as AE parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms pss inae Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting EM parameters Initial setting is 10ms 32 points common Common terminal 32 points common arrangement common teminal B01 B02 2 g TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 mem Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable External connections terminal block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screws 0 3mm AWG 22 or Wiri h i ired Possit sze 0 75 to 2mm mm AWG 22 or less iring change is required 3 For ABCON1 or A6CON4 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 x Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H Eemal dimen
225. kg 0 17kg 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 27 Specifications comparisons between AY60 and QY68A 3 66 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 points 8 points Use two QY68s when using 9 points x points P 16 points occupied or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Rated load voltage 24VDC 12 48V 5 24VDC A ag applicable ing 21 26 4VD Vol 28 8 VDC i Operating load voltage 6 to 26 C 4 5 to 28 8VDC A oltage over 28 8 VDC is not range 10 2 to 56VDC applicable 2A point 5A common gt 3A fuse Since the maximum load current per common is different pay attention to Maximum load current When placing next to the 2A point 8A module A pay the current used the entire power supply module 3A module common Maximum inrush 4A 100ms or less eru 8A 10ms or less current 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage dro eg ee ee 1 5VDC 2A 0 3VDC MAX 2A o at ON Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A Response time differs time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load 10ms or less resistans load A Surge suppressor Varistor 108 to 132V Zener diode 8 points common The wiring of terminal block differs Common terminal P No
226. l Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC 10 2 to 30VDC ar allowed power ripple ratio witin 5 supply 50mA Current 40mA at 24VDC d 24VDC TYP 1 common ON Current consumption 0 29A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 106 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions um A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 58kg 0 15kg 3 74 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 3 Specifications Comparisons Between I O Modules 1 Specifications comparisons between AH42 and QH42P Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Sink type Input type Sink type positive common Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not aplicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 Operating voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC j e KENN Su A 12VDC are not aplicable range ripple ratio witin 596 ripple ratio witin 596 Maximum simultaneous input 60 simultaneously ON Refer to the derating chart 2 5 ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not aplicable 5
227. l dimensions H x W x H x ne Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 42kg 0 17kg 1 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY80 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 34 Specifications comparisons between AY81 and QY81P Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output 5 32 points 32 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 28 8VDC is not 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ic ani applicable 0 5A point 4A common Carefully select load for use since When placing next to the 0 1A point Maximum load current A the maximum load current per point power supply module 3A 2A common is lowered common Maxi i h Carefully select load f i aximum inrus dA domas 7AA0ms rless are ully select load for use since current the inrush current value differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Because different values for Maximum voltage drop 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A maximum voltage drop are given at ON 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A care should be
228. l station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station error to numbers 33 to 48 D9231 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station error to numbers 49 to 64 D9232 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 1 to 8 D9233 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 9 to 16 D9234 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 17 to 24 D9235 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 25 to 32 D9236 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 33 to 40 D9237 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 41 to 48 D9238 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 49 to 56 D9239 SD1255 Local station and remote Stores conditions for up SD999 I O station loop error to numbers 57 to 64 Number of times 501255 S Stores cumulative total of D9240 communications errors SD999 receive errors detected SD1255 net Stores conditions for up D9241 Local station link type SD999 to numbers 33 to 48 SD1255 Mu Stores conditions for up D9242 Local station link type SD999 to numbers 49 to 64 D9243 SD1255 Station number information Stores station n
229. lag Rotation data is set ROL nH D Rotation data ROL n H in AO Left rotation of 16 isti etin D Rotation data iced Palais Sel Use SM700 for RCL nH haere carry flag carry flag Rotation data is set DROR D nH D Rotation data DROR n H in AO A1 Right rotation of R 32 bit data D Rotation data 19881 pRcR p nH Usa amooo Use M9012 for carry flag carry flag Rotation data is set DROLI D n H D Rotation data pRoLln H in AO A1 Left rotation of 32 bit data D Rotation data yg ela meg forci D nH Use SM700 tor REL mE Use M9012 for carry flag carry flag 16 bit data Search result is Search result is SER S1 82 D n in D D 1 SER 51 52 n search H n RTT H stored in AO A1 32 bit data search result i Search result is 4 in D D 1 search DSER S1 S2 D n e D DSER 1 S2 n H stored in AO A1 16 bit data Check result is Check result is checks SUM S D H stored in D device SUM S H stored in AO 32 bit data Check result is Check result is checks 1050 5 D H stored in D device USUM S H stored in AO Add dedicated Only when M9052 dui RFs D n instruction sec o nH is on 8 characters ASCII conversion MOV Chescorstings D H ASC Chaacor sng D H No dedicated Carry flag set SET sm700 instruction stc H No dedicated Carry flag reset RST sMroo instruction pe H P255 END SUPE ND feoeno Add dedicated _
230. latch step SD999 09060 501255 onware vetsin Software version of W VI 1 50999 internal software SD1255 PLC communications D9072 Computer link data check SD999 check SD1255 Number of empty blocks Number of empty blocks D9081 SD999 in communications in communications request registrtion area request registration area SD1255 Register for setting time D9085 1s to 65535 s SD999 check value D9090 SD1255 Number of special Number of special SD999 functions modules over functions modules over SD1255 Self diagnosis detailed D9091 Detailed error code SD999 error code PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 0 Special register O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation D9094 SD1255 Head I O number of I O Head I O number of I O SD999 module to be replaced module to be replaced SD1255 TEN 09095 DIP switch information DIP switch information SD999 D9100 SD130 The numbers of output modules whose fuses have blown are input as a bit pattern in units of 16 points If the module numbers are set by parameter the D9101 SD131 parameter set numbers are stored D9102 SD132 b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO Saree Bit pattern in units of 16 sp130 0
231. le Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output b ua 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC ting load volt Volt 14 4VDC is not 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 14 4VDC A ids range applicable 2 16 point 16 M amum load current 128mA common 256mA common Maximum inrush Carefully select load for use since E 50mA 10ms 40mA 10ms of less inrush current value differs 1 Vou 3 5VDC Vou 3 5VDC Output voltage at OFF Vcc 5VDC 0 4mA 5VDC 0 4mA Check the input specifications of an Maximum voltage drop Vor 0 2VDC external equipment to be connected Vo 0 3VDC A x at ON lop 16mA since the maximum voltage drop is bigger when turning on OFF to ON 1ms or less 0 5ms or less nce 0 5ms of less time ON to OFF 1ms or less MK resistive load 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal i 16 points common merde Common terminal Common terminal TB18 A be applied to each common since 9 TB10 TB20 the 40 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 1 6A Unchangeable Fuse None 9 j Fuse blow capacity 50 Yes LED is turned ON when fuse is Fuse
232. le numbers set in parmeters D9118 SD152 when parameter setting has been performed D9119 SD153 b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO 09120 sp154 Bit pattern in units of 16 sow 0 o o o o o o o o o o o o ey module verification points indicating the 1 Sw sw 09121 50155 modules with verification eR errors si o s an I O module verification error module verify check is executed also to remote I O D9123 SD157 station modules Not cleared even if the module status becomes normal again This flag is cleared by error resetting operation When one of FO to 2047 is turned on by iis added to the contents of SD63 When RST or LEDR D9124 SD63 Annunciator detection Annunciator detection instruction is executed 1 is subtracted from the contents quantity quantity of SD63 Quantity which has been turned on by is stored into SD63 in BIN code The value of SD63 is maximum 8 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special register O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation When any of FO to 2047 is turned on by the
233. le when replacing with Q the series The upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing wiring Connection change for power supply and common terminals is required Also the conversion adapter fixing plate is necessary when using the conversion adapter As the Q series is a smaller model wiring space on terminal blocks is narrower Pay much attention in wiring b Change from terminal block to connecter The 32 point I O modules of the A series uses terminal blocks while that of Q series uses connecters When using a 32 point I O module of the Q series shift to the wiring using connecters or convert the connecters to terminal blocks with the following methods Use the conversion module for the connecters and terminal block Use the upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd 2 Connecter for external wiring External wiring connecters are not included in a package of the 32 and 64 points I O module of the Q series Purchase the necessary number of the connecters AGCON O separately 3 Precautions for input modules a Specifications change of rated input current Check the specifications of sensors and switches since some of the Q series input modules support lower rated input current than those of the A series b Specifications change of OFF current Check the specifications of sensors and switches sinc
234. less External power supply is not pus m 150mA o required 24VDC TYP all points ON External connections 20 points removable terminal block 18 points terminal block M3 x 6 screw M3 x 6 screw NUM 0 3 to 0 75mm core Appiicable wi se Deos 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max i Wiring change is required 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved Send terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 43A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be re calculated 250 D x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm T ou m X n ux inch t h 8 0 inch Wiring space te narrower Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg 1 Connect varistor to reduce external noise 2 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out upon load short circuit 8 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTY10 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of changing external wiring 3 45 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 8 Specifications comparisons between AY11 UL and QY10 3 46 Specification AY11 UL O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A
235. longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Executes the remote RUN Remote RUN STOP using external STOP Switches and peripheral devices Set the PAUSE enable flag with the special Stops operations while relay M9040 for A Section PAUSE holding the output status 9 Q 9 series and with the 7 4 3 special relay SM206 for Q series For A series an interrupt program is required for Executes the program that each main program and Interrupt corresponds to the cause A A sub program separately Section processing when an interrupt cause For Q series create only 7 7 9 occurs one interrupt program to share between the two programs Display The settings for ON OFF of Target errors vary by 5 priority of ERROR LED at the model but there is no ERROR LED occurrence of error functional difference 8 When performing ROM operation in the Q Enables operation with in use ing parameters and programs function to read the RON stored in ROMs in order not sequence programs Section operation io lage ser proor ms due stored in the standard 7 7 11 Pogg ROM built in the CPU or to battery exhaustion memory into the program memory built in the CPU The Q series prohibits Data T each file from being protection Prohibits peripheral devices read written by function from reading writing to E System programs and comments in password r
236. ltage Changed 48VDC not applicable Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Changed Fuse not replaceable independent common 1 External wiring Changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Changed 48VDC not applicable Rated output current Not changed Functions Changed No fuse independent common External wiring Changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules required Program Number of occupied I O points Changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Changed 48VDC not applicable Rated output current Not changed Functions Changed No fuse independent common External wiring Changed Number of slots Not changed Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed 5 Functions Not changed Output module 1 External wiring Changed Connector terminal block must be converted 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program AY71 QY71 Number of occupied I O points Not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Not changed External wiring Not changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules required Program Number of occupied I O points Not changed 64 32x2 4 Specifications Rated output voltage Not changed Rated output current Not changed Functions Not changed External w
237. ly module derating figure 26points 9 5VDC or more ON voltage ON current 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 2 6mA or more OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 0mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 3 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 7 initial value 1 for the i OFF to ON doris or less 70ms or less Use initial ue 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 7 initial value 1 for the i ON to OFF ome or less Oms or less Use initial ue 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal i arsnaement common terminal 1 17 1 18 common terminal 1B01 1B02 9 9 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 2B01 2802 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch 37 pin D sub connector E i 40 pi 2 i h i ired xternal connections Soldered x 2 0 pin connector x 2 option x Connector change is required p UNS 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm n For A6CON1 or A6CON4 The 40 pin connectors are sold Tow external wiring Accessory x separately Purchase them D sub connectors separately Current consumption 0 12A TYP all points ON 0 090A TYP all p
238. mes default Output before STOP 2 Data communications request Use instructions or set the communication reserved amp batch processing time for the special register SD315 as required o amp Interrupt counter setting A Re setting is required assignment A Reviewing is required for the base unit with other than 8 slots This resets to default No of device points Correcting program is not required since the device points are more than those of ACPU M and L are different devices Leich velky I L on the program is converted to L Data register D 2 Link relay B E Link register W amp Low speed timer Converted as one device S High speed timer A Reviewing is required since all the range from lowest 5 Extension low speed timer device No to highest device No is included in the latch 8 Extension high speed timer range R C Converted as one device etentive timer Me E Extension retentive timer A Reviewing is required since all range from lowest device No to highest device No is included in the latch range Converted as one device Counter ee 6 A Reviewing is required since the latch range covers all Extension counter range from lowest device No to highest device No m Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible eo 5 E MEESECHET Il with the MELSECNET Il B For AnUCPU converted the MELSCECNET 10 mode oO m MELSECNE TIO H
239. mmunication request SM1255 registration area M9081 registration area BUSY SM999 gional ON No empty spaces in communication request registration area OFF Error check M9084 255 Error check executed a ON No error check OFF No error M9091 SM1 Instruction error flag ON Error 9094 SM251 I O change flag DEF Heplacement ON No replacement Presence absence of Turned on if the SFC program is registered are oor Mare SFC program ued Turned off if it is not ON SFC programs used The value in SM320 is set as the initial value The relay automatically turns ON when the SFC M9101 SM321 Start stop SFC program OFF programs BIO from ON to OFF execution of the ON SFC programs start SFC program stops When this relay turns from OFF to ON execution of the SFC program resumes PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special relay O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation OFF Initial Start The SFC program start mode in the SFC setting of the PLC parameter dialog box is set as the initial value M9102 SM322 SFC program start status ON Continue At initial start OFF At continue start ON OFF Continuous Presence absence of transition not effective Set whether continuous transition will be performed for M9103 SM3
240. ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 240VAC 0 3A 24VAC 1 5A Mir m AE thousand 00 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5 Life Electrical times or more COS6 0 35 100 thousand Replace the module more frequently 24VAC 0 75A imesormore since the life is approximately half 200 thousand 5o oVAC 0 3A 240VAG 0 15A E 24VDC 1A 48VDC 0 1A oe thousand 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R27ms 100 thousand times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R27ms 300 thousand times or more Maximum 3600 times hour 3600 times hour frequency Surge suppressor varistor 387 to 473V None x Varistors are not built in 1 Common terminal Not provided Not provided arrengement all points independent all points independent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 24VDC 10 External Voltage R TEN ripple voltage 4Vp p or less EXterpal power supply is not supply Current TOMA required 24VDC TYP all points ON 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x M3 x 6 screw Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm on a x Wiring change is required Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved terminals terminal
241. n advance Default set to 500 steps 5 The SRAM card is required 2 10 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 3 Functional Comparisons Between QnACPU and Q series CPU Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method x Not usable QnA Q series series Reference Function Contents section Precaution for replacement QnACPU Performance Process 2 i High performance model is the generic term of Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 5 is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 2 1 Executes the sequence program at the constant time intervals Constant scan regardless of the processing time of the program Holds the data of devices in the event of power OFF resetting and Latch power backup a momentary power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure period Remote RUN Executes the remote RUN STOP using external switches and E STOP peripheral devices Stops operations while holding the _ PAUSE output status Executes the program that Interrupt EN corresponds to the cause when an P 9 interrupt cause occurs Display The settings for ON OFF of Target errors vary by model priority of ERROR LED at the occurrence of but there is no functional ERROR LED error difference Manages all of parameters Memory configuration and File sequence programs devic
242. n upon completion of sampling trace performed Sampling trace progress the number of times preset by parameter uerus completed ON Sampling trace after STRA instruction is executed completed Reset when STRAR instruction is executed OEP ON Turning on off SM803 can execute STRA STRA Same as execution TRAR instruction SM803 is forcibly turned on off by a M9044 SM803 Sampling trace ON OFF peripheral device ISTRAR Same as When switched from OFF to ON sTRAlinstruction Sxecuticnt When switched from ON to OFF STRAR instruction M9045 SM1255 Watchdog timer WDT OFF Does not reset WDT SM999 reset ON Resets WDT OFF Trace not in M9046 SM802 Sampling trace progress Switched on during sampling trace ON Trace in progress OFF Sampling trace Sampling trace suspended Sampling trace is not executed unless SM801 is turned M9047 SM801 ii ON preparations ON Sampling trace Sampling trace is suspended when SM801 goes OFF started OFF Output until NULL When SM701 is OFF characters up to NULL 00H code M9049 SM701 Selection of number of are output characters output COM ET When SM701 is ON ASCII codes of 16 characters are ON 16 characters output output M9051 SM1255 CHG instruction OFF Enabled SM999 execution disable ON Disable PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 32 Special relay O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meani
243. ng Explanation OFF 7SEG segment SM1255 M9052 SM999 SEG instruction switch display ON I O partial refresh OFF STEP RUN not in I M9054 SM205 STEP RUN flag effect on when the RUN key switch is in STEP RUN ON STEP RUN in effect Status latch completion OFF Not completed M9055 SM808 flag ON Completed OFF Other than when P M9056 cos Main side P set request l set being requested SM999 ON P I set being requested OFF Other than when P m9057 SM1255 S biside P lisetreguest 29 28100 799385180 E SM999 ON P set being requested M9058 SM1255 Main side P I set Momentarily ON at P I 7 SM999 completion set completion M9059 SM1255 Sub program P set Momentarily ON at P _ SM999 completion set completion OFF Other than when P M9060 SM1255 Sub program 2 P I set set being requested 7 SM999 request ON P I set being requested OFF Other than when P M9061 SM1255 Sub program 3 P I set set being requested _ SM999 request ON P I set being requested OFF Divided processing M9065 SM711 Divided processing not underway _ execution detection ON During divided processing M9066 SM712 Divided processing OFF Batch processing 7 request flag ON Divided processing OFF Read time not M9070 SM1255 A8UPU A8PUJrequired shortened SM999 search time ON Read time shortened OFF Empty spaces in m communication request Co
244. ng holes is available 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 6 Comparisons between A65B Q65B Loaded I O modules 5 can be loaded Possibility of extension Extendable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 352 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H 13 86 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 245 W x 44 1 D mm 8 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 332 x 200 mm 13 07 x 7 87 inch 222 5 x 80 mm 8 76 x 3 15 inch c Comparisons between A68B UL and Q68B A QnA series A68B UL Precautions for replacement Refer to Section 5 3 1 for replacement precautions The renewal tool Base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement Loaded I O modules 8 can be loaded Possibility of extension Extendable Mounting hole size 26 mm 0 24 in dia pear shaped hole for M5 screw M4 screw hole or 24 5 hole for M4 screw External dimensions 250 H x 466 W x 29 D mm 9 84 H x 18 35 W x 1 14 D inch 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inch Dimensions for mounting to the panel 446 x 200 mm 17 56 x 7 87 inch 306 x 80 mm 12 05 x 3 15 inch 5 2 2 Extension Cables Specifications Comparisons A QnA Series A main
245. nt may differ between the A series and Q series Pay attention when applying a different voltage to each common Specifications change of common maximum load current Check the maximum load current for one common before use since the current for one common may differ between the A and Q series 3 83 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 1 List of Alternative Models for Power Supply Module A QnA series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Remark restrictions 1 External wiring Changed A61P Q61P A1 A2 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 External wiring Changed A62P Q62P 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 External wiring Changed A63P Q63P 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 External wiring Changed A61PEU Q61P A1 A2 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Specifications Current capacity is reduced 1 External wiring Changed A62PEU Q62P 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Specifications Current capacity is reduced General purpose switching power supply For 15VDC A61P UL Q61P A1 A2 Current capacity is reduced Power supply module A68P None 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 2 Power Supply Module Specifications Comparisons 1 Specifications comparisons between
246. nterrupt Module eeeeeee eese eee ee eee ee ee ee 3 79 3 2 5 Blanking Module and Dummy Module Specifications Comparisons Between 9 3 81 3 3 Precautions for Module Replacement 0 09000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 3 82 CHAPTER4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 4 1 4 8 4 1 List of Alternative Models for Power Supply Module 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000096 1 4 2 Power Supply Module Specifications Comparisons 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c0 2 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000090 8 10 CHAPTER 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 1 5 8 5 1 List of Alternative Models for Base Unit and Extension Cable essseeeeeeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeecosoeeeecceee 5 2 Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications Comparisons 5 2 5 2 1 5 2 2 Base Unit Specifications Comparisons 2 Extension Cables Specifications Comparisons
247. nts 2048 2048 4096 4096 x A points 5 points 1 High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 Process is the generic term of Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU 3 Direct I O is also selectable with the I O control method setting switch 4 Basically only the refresh mode is applicable but some instructions devices can be input output in the direct mode 5 This number means the number of applicable points for the access to actual I O modules 2 5 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method Not usable A QnA series Q series Function Contents Precaution for Reference AnNCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QnACPU replacement section Input device X 256 to 512 to 7 _ points 6 512 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 Output device 256 to 512 to 7 7 points 6 512 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 EMA tae A 8192 8192 8192 points Latch relay L Total Total Total Total 8192 8192 8192 B points 2048 2048 8192 8192 Step relay S 8192 8192 8192 7 points 7 7 7 Annuneiator F 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 points Edge relay V x x x x 2048 2048 2048 points eye 1024 1024 4096 8192 8192 8192 8192 points Timer T 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 points Counter 256 256 1024
248. nts common arrengement iamnan Common terminal 17 18 36 2 1 i g 1 18 1 36 2 17 2 18 2 36 UC Surge suppressor Surge suppression diode Zener diode Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Yes h ion func Ovammeat wig Yes overheat protection and short circuit protection 7 function overload protection func Overheatoroiecti nT function n n func oe P ane i oe Overheat protection function Protection P F n is activated in increments of When Overheat protection 2 points func occurs at an 1 point of p Overload protection function 1 common output of all Li is activated in increments of points for corresponded f point common terminal is turned OFF Protection detection None None o display No signal output to PLC CPU No signal output to PLC CPU Automatic reset Automatic reset Protection func reset reset by canceling Overheat reset by canceling Overheat protection func protection func The 40 pin connector is sold Two 37 pin connectors 37 pin D subconnector External connections P P separately solder optional 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs don 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm for 1 The 40 pin connector is sold Two external wiring connec Accessory 9 None x separately tors 32 points or less 1pcs 33 points or more 2pcs 12 24VD 12 24VDC E Voltage of 28 8VDC or more is not Externa
249. nverter Module type A616DAV User s Manual IB 66172 139650 27 Digital Analog Converter Module type A616DAI User s Manual IB 66173 139651 28 Pt100 input module type A68RD3 4 User s Manual IB 66308 13J670 29 Type A68RD3N 4N A1S62RD3N 4N Pt100 Input Module User s Manual SH 080193 13JR46 30 Temperature Digital Converter Module type A616TD User s Manual IB 66174 132654 31 High speed counter module type AD61 S1 User s Manual 1B 66052 139610 32 Positioning module type AD70 User s Manual IB 66309 13J663 33 Positioning Module AD72 User s Manual 1B 66095 139622 34 Al 5 075 1 53 2 53 53 75 1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 Positioning Module IB 66716 13J871 User s Manual 35 Positioning module type A1SD75M M2 M3 AD75M1 M2 M3 User s Manual IB 66715 139870 36 Type MELSECNET MELSECNET B Data Link System Reference Manual 1B 66350 13JF70 Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module Type 2 AJ61BT11 A1SJ61BT11 User s Manual 555 21 9 86 38 For A Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080192 13JR45 39 For QnA Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080146 13JR33 40 Computer Link Module Com link func Print func User s Manual SH 3511 13JF77 41 Serial Communications Module User s Manual Modem Function Additional SH 66612 13J825 Version 42 Intelligent Communication Module type AD51 S3 User s Manual IB 66189 13J655 43 Intelligent communication module type AD51H S3 User s Manual 1B 66401 13 16 MELSECNET MINI S3
250. odules Only the High Performance model QCPU is applicable to the QA65B System Configuration This section explains the system configuration and precautions for use of the QA65B type extension base unit Connection order of connection base units When using the Q6L 1B 1560 and QA65B together connect them the order of the Q60B QA1S6LIB and QA65B in the closest position to the main base unit Connection order of extension base units upon setting the extension stage number To use extension base units it is necessary to set extension stage numbers 1 to 7 with the stage num ber setting connector Set the extension stage number 1 to the connected extension base unit closest to the main base unit and the following extension stage number up to 7 to the following extension base units in the con nected order 01234567 gt ds Setting of 5 Q38B gt Main base unit extension stage zc Stage setting xi 8 9 1011121314 15 00 1 Extension base unit for module S installation corresponding to e 5 Q68B the Q series oo Q6LIB is connected to the a main base unit or Q6 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Extension base unit for module an a installat
251. oints gt 4096 points AHABPUPAT QJ71LP21 25 5 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps 6 File register points 8k points gt 1017k points Q02CPU 7 Extension stage 3 stages 7 stages A2ACPUR 1 QJ71BR11 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A QnA series models to be discontinued Product CPU module Model A2ACPU S1 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Model Q02CPU A2ACPUP21 S1 Q02CPU QJ71LP21 25 A2ACPUR21 S1 Q02CPU QJ71BR11 gt Q series alternative models Remark restrictions control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 079us PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 I O points 1024 points 4096 points Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A3ACPU QO6HCPU A3ACPUP21 QO6HCPU QJ71LP21 25 A3ACPUR21 QO6HCPU QJ71BR11 gt I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 15us 0 034us PC MIX value 1 2 gt 10 3 I O points 2048 points 4096 points Program capacity 30k x 2 steps 60k steps File register points 8k points 1017k points Extension stage 7 stages 7 stages Applicable m
252. oints ON O 250 H 7 5 W x 106 D x 27 4 External dimensions vid MBA 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 18kg 1 Use the QX72 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX82 3 The following figure shows derating 10 ON ratio 24VDC 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 26 4VDC 28 8VDC 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 1 Specifications comparisons between AY10 and QY10 Specification O Compatible 3 2 2 Specifications Comparisons Between Output Module Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement of output 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A isolation method S purine performance is equivalent Rated switching 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load point 240VAC 2A COS6 1 point 240VAC 2A COS4 1 point voltage current 8A common 8A common Minimum switening 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or
253. on When placing next to the Maximum load current dies 0 1A point 2A common power supply module 1 6A common Maxi i h A i aximum inrus 0 4A point OFA GORSaess o current 3 5A fuse Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage dro EVDO OA 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A ximum A L at ON i T rave BMA 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A i 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode A 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal common terminal common terminal arrengement 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 eee 1 6A normal fuse The fuse equivalent short circuit Operation indicator None A UMOR 2 fuse per common protection function is incorporated Fuse blown is not displayed since Fuse Yes x HD SEHR the QY42P does not have fuses ON indication LED ON indication LED Fuse blow indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch The 40 pin connectors are sold 7 Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors P External connections separately Purchase them solder optional separately 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire si i Comm for A6CON1 or A6CON4 Two external wiring The 40 pin connectors are sold Accessory x connectors separately Purchase separately 12 24VDC eee Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Vi
254. on load short circuit Also configure an external circuit when displaying fuse blown is required 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 28 Specifications comparisons between AY60E and QY68A Specification Number of output points AY60E 16 points O Compatible QY68A 8 points 16 points occupied x A Partial change required Compatibility x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Use two QY68s when using 9 points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not Rated load voltage 24VDC 12 48V 5 24VDC A applicable ing I 21 26 4VD Vol 28 8 VDC i Operating load voltage 6 to 26 C 4 5 to 28 8VDC X oltage over 28 8 VDC is not range 10 2 to 56VDC applicable 12 24VDC 2A points 48VDC 0 8A points Since the maximum load current per Maximum load SA common A common is different pay attention to When placing next to the 8A unit the current used in the entire power supply module 3A module common Maximum inrush 4A 100ms or less 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage dro die p 1 5VDC 2A 0 3VDC MAX 2A Response OFF to ON 2ms or less 3ms or less A Response time differs time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load 10ms or less resistans load A Surge suppressor Surge suppre
255. on sampling trace is completed or suspended under way Selects sampling trace execution enable disable OFF Trace disable ON Sampling trace execution is enabled M9182 SM821 Active step sampling suspend OFF Sampling trace execution is disabled If turned Tace permission ON Trace enable off during sampling traceexecution trace is suspended Selects the operation output when block stop is executed ON Retains the ON OFF status of the coil being Operation output at block OFF Coil output OFF used by using operation output of the step MEES eu stop OON Coil output ON being executed at block stop OFF AIl coil outputs are turned off Operation output by the SET instruction is retained regardless of the ON OFF status of SM325 SM1255 1 0 numbers M9117 M9118 to be dis SM999 played M9197 SM1255 OFF OFF X YO to 5 999 Switch between blown 7F0 SM1255 fuse and l O verification X Y800 ON OFF 5 999 error display to FFO SM1255 OFF ON X Y1000 SM999 to 17 0 SM1255 X Y1800 ON ON SM999 to 1FFO 7 33 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special relay O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation Data recovery of online OFF Data recovery SM1255 disabled M9199 sampling trace status SM999 ON Data recovery latch enabled ZNRD instruction LRDP M9200 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not accepted SM999
256. on terminal TB9 amp be applied to each common since arrangement common terminal TB17 TB18 the QX70 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screw x x M3 x 6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required 3 R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminal VI 1 1 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping as cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 055A TYP all points ON 250 x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions VN M 0 H x 980 A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 36kg 0 14kg Use the QX40 S1 at 24VDC changing external wiring Check the specifications of sensor switch to connect to the QX70 The conversion adapter ERNT AQTX40 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd omits the procedure of 3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 19 Specifications comparisons between AX71 and QX71 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX71 QX71 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 po
257. or of By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise width and 25 to 60Hz Noise durability noise frequency noise frequency Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV 2kV Across inputs LG and outputs Across inputs LG and outputs Dielectric withstand FG FG o voltage 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000 m 6562 ft 6562 ft Across inputs and outputs LG Across inputs and outputs LG and FG separated across and FG separated across p inputs and LG FG across inputs and LG FG across Insulation resistance outputs and FG LG 10MQ or outputs and FG LG 10MQ or more by insulation resistance more by insulation resistance tester tester Fuses are not included in Spare fuse 1 accessories since they are not Accessory Short chip for applied voltage None x replaceable nor are short chip select terminal 1 since it is unnecessary to switch operating voltage 4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENTS 5 Specifications comparisons between A62PEU and Q62P O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification A62PEU Compatibility Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100 240VAC 10 15 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60
258. or x 1 option x M3 x 6 screw 7 at 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm m UE For AGCON1 or A6CON4 x Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 ian x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 09A TYP all points ON A ue power supply capacity is 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions d Hits 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 0 inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 36kg 0 18kg A Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX82 S1 3 The following figure shows derating 96 10 90 ON 80 ratio 70 60 24VDC 50 26 4VDC 40 28 8VDC 30 20 5 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 22 Specifications comparisons between AX81 and QX81 3 34 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current 4mA 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operations voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Maximum 60 5 point common
259. ore than 9096 of the common instructions are automatically converted High Performance model QCPU Number of Number of instructions Number of instructions Instruction type applicable M nstructions requiring for manual automatic ___ conversion conversion Contact instructions 6 0 Connection instructions 5 5 0 100 STE Output instructions 6 5 1 8396 i Shift instructions 2 2 0 10096 instructions 3 Master control instructions 2 2 0 100 Termination instructions 2 2 0 100 Other instructions 3 3 0 100 Total number of sequence instructions 26 25 1 96 Comparison operation instructions 36 36 0 100 Arithmetic operation instructions 40 40 0 100 Basi BCD BIN conversion instructions 8 8 0 100 asic Data transfer instructions 16 16 0 10096 instructions Program branch instructions 9 9 0 100 Program switching instructions 1 0 1 0 Link refresh instructions 2 2 0 10096 Total number of basic instructions 112 111 1 99 Logical operation instructions 18 18 0 100 Rotation instructions 16 16 0 100 Shift instructions 12 12 0 100 Data processing instructions 20 19 1 95 Apolication FIFO instructions 4 4 0 10096 1 1 a Slats Buffer memory access instructions 8 8 0 100 Instruct FOR to NEXT instructions 2 2 0 10096 Local station remote I O station 4 0 4 0 Access instructions Display instructions 5 3 2 60 Other instr
260. ormation Device 09000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 43 A 11 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement 0909009000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 7 44 7 7 1 7 7 2 7 7 3 7 7 4 7 7 5 7 7 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 7 7 9 7 7 10 7 7 11 List of Applicable Devices eeeeeeeeeeeeee e ee ee ee eee ee eo eee eo eee eo eee 7 l O Control Method eseeeee esee esee eee e eoe ee eese esee ese es eese esee escescs esce escsecossssescesesceseesescsces 7 AG Usable Data Format for INStructions eeseeeeeeee eese e eee e eee eee e eee eoe eoe eoe eceesoeescesceeccescoscces 7 AG Timor eeeeeeee eee eese esee eee e eese eese e see eco esce eso esce sses sss esse esse sse esss ese essseseessscseesescseeseses 7 47 Counter 7 Display Instructions eeeeeeeeeee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee eo eee e eee ee oes e sees oo sees oes eso ossoscsesssseeesseseees 7 AB Instructions where Format is Changed Excluding AnACPU AnUCPU Dedicated Instructions AnACPU AnUCPU Dedicated Instruction
261. ouse or space key 2 When canceling all the selected data Click the Cancel all selection button PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 4 Precautions for reading the other format files A6GPP SWOS GPPA format data For A series Read data with GX Developer after performing the corresponding format conversion with GPPA For the operating methods refer to the Type SW4IVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual For data selection For device comment selection you may only choose either comment 2 or comment 1 GPPA format file reading Ladder return positions Deletes the project data on GX Developer and read the other format file The area in excess of the program capacity is deleted when read For the PLC type which cannot use subprograms subprograms are deleted when read When the file includes microcomputer programs editted with other than the SFC program e g SWOSRX FNUP they are lost For QnA series Returning places are different between GPPQ and GX Developer Because of this if the total of return sources and return destinations exceeds 24 lines in a single ladder block the program is not displayed properly Corrective action Add SM400 normally ON contact to adjust the return positions For data selection For the device memory and file register you may select only one data name for each item PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 Instruction Conversion GX Developer enables instruction conversion using the Change
262. p CON4 x Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 x Current consumption 0 11A TYP all points ON 0 075A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D 50 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W 3 54 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 15kg 1 For use of 12 24VAC externally convert it into direct current before input In the case of 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX41 3 The following figure shows derating 10 ON N 28 8VDC ratio 70 10 20 30 40 5055 Ambient temperature 4 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 8 Specifications comparisons between AX31 S1 and QX41 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Par ial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC Rated input current 8 5mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range 20 4VDC or are required EE EE ee Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio w
263. pacity must be re calculated External dimensions A Wiring space is narrower X 1 1 a 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 05 Weight 0 59kg 0 22kg 3 49 Specification 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT AY15EU O Compatible 12 Specifications comparisons between AY15EU and QY10 Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replaceme Number of output 24 points 16 points Use two QY10s when using 17 points x points 32 points occupied P or more Isolation method is different but the Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A performance is equivalent 24VDC 2A resistive load EST 24VDC 2A resistive load point point 240VAC 2A 5 1 point 8A voltage current peti 240VAC 2A 5 1 point common 8A common Minimum switching 5VDC 10mA 5VDC 1mA load Maximum switchng 264VAC 264VAC o voltage 125VDC 125VDC Leakage current at OFF Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12ms or less 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load 200 thousand current load 100 thousand A times or more times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 thousand times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COS 0 7 300 thousand 200VA
264. put points 32 points 16 points x i iwo QX TUS When using points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 7 Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Rated t t 10mA 100VAC 60H A Reduced 1 eee MA 2 Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz 300mA within 0 3ms Max 200mA within 1ms Inrush current 132VAC 132VAC Oed VOCE TUS 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC 6 E AE 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum simultaneous 60 20 points i 20 points Refer to the derating chart 2 on input point simultaneously ON 80VAC or more 5mA or more ON voltage ON current 80VAC or more 6mA or more dia s 50Hz 60Hz VA l 1 7mA or OFF voltage OFF current 40VAC or less 4mA or less SOVAS Or ees T THUS Or lass A Reduced 1 50Hz 60Hz Approx 10 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz Input t A d 1 bisou Approx 120 50Hz Approx 15 50Hz 15ms or less OFF to ON 15 Response AC100V 50Hz 60Hz time 20ms or less ON to OFF 25ms or less AC100V 50Hz 60Hz 32 points Common terminal 16 points common rrangement commoniterminal mmon terminal TB17 y aec TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 common terminal TB Operation indicator ON indiction LED ON indiction LED 38 points removable terminal po i 18 points terminal block External connections block M3 x 6 screws x x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to
265. r s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provi
266. ratio 60 50 NI 24VDC 26 4VDC 40 30 28 8VDC 20 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 27 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 16 Specifications comparisons between AX50 S1 and QX40 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification 50 51 QX40 Compatibiity Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Rated input voltage 48VDC 24VDC x applicable 1 Rated input current 4mA Approx 4mA o Max inrush current Operations voltage 38 4 to 57 6VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Voltage over 28 8VDC is not x range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 applicable 1 Maximum simultaneous 100 8 point common Mp 100 simultaneously ON on input point simultaneously ON Vol 28 8VDC i ON voltage ON current 34VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more x tage vere oe NOG Is Mol applicable 1 Voltage over 28 8VDC is not OFF voltage OFF current 10VDC or less 1mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less x ag applicable 1 Include a resistor of 5 6kO 1 2W or Input resistance Approx 11kQ Approx 5 6kQ x more in series with the external signal line for input to the QX40 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Use initial value 1 for th OFF to ON 10ms or l
267. rd direction 4 Loopback implemented only inreverse direction 5 Data link disabled D9205 SD1255 Station implementing Station that implemented SD999 loopback forward loopback D9206 SD1255 Station implementing Station that implemented SD999 loopback reverse loopback SD1255 Stored as cumulative D9210 Number of retries SD999 value D92141 SD1255 Number of times loop Stored as cumulative SD999 selected value D9212 SD1255 Local station operation Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 1 to 16 D9213 SD1255 Local station operation Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 17 to 32 D9214 SD1255 Local station operation Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 33 to 48 D9215 SD1255 Local station operation Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 49 to 64 D9216 SD1255 Local station error detect Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 1 to 16 SD1255 Stores conditions for up D9217 Local station error detect SD999 to numbers 17 to 32 status SD1255 Stores conditions for up D9218 Local station error detect SD999 to numbers 33 to 48 status D9219 SD1255 Local station error detect Stores conditions for up SD999 status to numbers 49 to 64 7 41 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Special register Compati bility Meaning Explanation 7 42
268. re not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx AmA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 Approx 10mA Operations voltage 10 2 to 26 20 4 to 28 8006 A 12VDC are not applicable 1 range Ripple ratio within 596 Ripple ratio within 596 Maximum simultaneous 60 5 point common Refer to the derating chart o on input point simultaneously ON 3 ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms OFF to ON 70ms or less 5 Use initial valle 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms ON to OFF 70ms or less o Use initial 10ms for the input CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 10ms 32 point common 32 Common terminal i common terminal common terminal TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 B01 B02 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal External connections block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screw 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Wiring change is required 4 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm For A amp CON1 or ABCONA x Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2
269. re size 0 75 to 2mm a m x Wiring change is required Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved ea ien inal terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used Since more current is consumed the Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 24A TYP all points ON A current capacity must be reexamined 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm aa External dimensions 5 p ia n s a inch S v h x gt D inch A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 47kg 0 22kg 1 Connect varistor to reduce external noise 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 5 Specifications comparisons between AY11AEU and QY18A Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible Specification AY11AEU QY18A Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of output 16 points 8 points Use two QY18As when using 9 points 16 points occupied points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A isolation meroa bi performance is equivalent EMT 24VDC 2A resistive load point 24VDC 2A resistive load fpoint Volle o 24VAC 2A 1 point 240VAC 2A 1 point 16A all points 8A all points Minimum switching 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA o load Maximum switeang 49 9VAC 74 9VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA 49 9VAC 60Hz Response OFF to ON 10ms or less 10ms or less time ON to OFF 12
270. reception for master ON Accepted station ZNRD instruction LRDP M9201 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not completed SM999 completion for master ON End station ZNWR instruction LWTP M9202 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not accepted SM999 reception for master ON Accepted station ZNWR instruction LWTP M9203 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not completed SM999 completion for master ON End station ZNRD instruction LRDP M9204 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not completed SM999 reception for local ON End station ZNWR instruction LWTP M9205 SM1255 instruction for ACPU OFF Not completed SM999 reception for local ON End station SM1255 Host station link OFF Normal M9206 SM999 parameter error ON Abnormal SM1255 Link parameter check OFF Match M9207 SM999 results ON Mismatch Sets master station B and OFF Transmits to tier2 M9208 SM1255 W transmission range and tier 3 SM999 for lower link master ON Transmits to tier2 stations only only OFF Executing the Link parameter check SM1255 check function M9209 command for lower link SM999 ON Check non master stations only execution M9210 SM1255 Link card error for OFF Normal SM999 master station ON Abnormal M9211 SM1255 Link module error for OFF Normal SM999 local station use ON Abnormal OFF Online SM1255 j M9224 Link status ON Offline station to station SM999 test or self loopback test SM1255 OFF Normal M9225 For
271. red in the 7744 to lose user programs due standard ROM built in the UC to battery exhaustion CPU or memory card into the program memory built in the CPU e moe p Prohibits peripheral devices Th Q b prohibits Bach tion function n file from being read written from reading writing to System by password registration programs and comments in protect Key whereas the A series Section the memory cassettes the A A nee word regis ies prohibits the parameters and 2 4 2 memory card and built in tration programs from being read memory etc of a CPU Password rriciduie written to the user memory registration i by keyword registration The settings The settings for the output of output status at changing from In case of transition from status at STOP to RUN Y between the A series it is _ changing re output operation status necessary to re set the from STOP before STOP and output parameters to RUN after operation execution Function Contents 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT Usable A Partially different in spec eg setting method A series Q series A2CCPU AnNCPU Performance Process 2 recaution for replacemen x Not usable Reference section A CPU includes a clock of The Q series handles the EC which data can be read and four digits of the year o E Clock written The clock data A western c
272. red when all contents of SD1300 to SD1307 SD130 SD137 are reset to 0 Fuse blow check is executed also to the output modules of remote I O stations SD1255 Number of module with D9001 Fuse blown SD999 blown fuse If O modules of which data are different from data entered are detected when the power is turned on the first I O number of the lowest number unit among the detected units is stored in hexadecimal Storing method is the same as VO module verification module verification that of 5060 D9002 SD61 To monitor the number by peripheral devices perform ee error module number monitor operation given in hexadecimal Cleared when all contents of SD1400 SD1407 SD150 SD157 are reset to 0 I O module verify check is executed also to the modules of remote I O terminals SD1255 Stores setting status D9004 MINI link errors SD999 made at parameters When the AC power supply module is used 1 is added at occurrence of an instantaneous power failure of within 20ms D9005 SD53 AC DOWN Number of times for AC It is reset when power is switched from OFF to ON counter DOWN When the DC power supply module is used 1 is added at occurrence of an instantaneous power failure of within 10ms It is reset when power is switched from OFF to ON Self diagnosis error i f self di i D9008 spo Self diagnosis error g When error is found as a result of self diagnosis error number number is stored in BIN code When one of FO to 2047 i
273. ress between series and A series may differ PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 2 List of Instruction Conversion from A to QCPU Dedicated Instructions O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Contents QCPU Reference section COS operation on floating point data ACOS Floating point data addition ADD E Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC ASC SIN operation on floating point data ASIN ASIN TAN operation on floating point data ATAN ATAN BCD type COS operation BACOS BACOS BIN 16 bit dead band controls BAND BAND BCD type SIN operations BASIN BASIN BCD type TAN operations BATAN BATAN Conversion from 4 digit BCD to decimal ASCII BCDDA BCDDA BCD type COS operations BCOS BCOS BCD 8 digit square roots BDSQR BDSQR Conversion from BIN 16 bit to decimal ASCII BINDA BINDA Conversion from BIN 16 bit to hexadecimal ASCII BINHA BINHA Block move between extension file registers BMOVR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Forced end of FOR to NEXT instruction loop BREAK BREAK BCD type SIN operations BSIN BSIN BCD 4 digit square roots BSQR BSQR BCD type TAN operations BTAN BTAN Data linking in byte units BTOW BTOW Block exchange between extension file registers BXCHR OUT SM1255
274. ring the manual of the corresponding Q series module prior to use b Be sure to check the operation of whole system before the actual operation 2 CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT List of Alternative CPU Module Models for Replace A QnA series models to be discontinued Product Model Model Remark restrictions Q series alternative models QJ71LP21 25 File register points 0 point 1017k points Extension stage 1 stage 7 stage 1 control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only A1NCPU Q02CPU 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us gt 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 4 I O points 256 points gt 4096 points A1NCPUP21 Q02CPU Program capacity 6k steps 28k steps 7 8 Applicable memory 4KRAM 4KROM 4KEROM Q02CPU itj Iti built in RAM built in flash ROM memory card Q2MEM A1NCPUR21 QJ71BR11 9 Micro computer program Available Not available 1 control Refresh Direct switching Refresh only A2NCPU Q02CPU 2 Processing speed LD instruction For refresh 1 0us 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 2 gt 4 4 QO2CPU 4 I O points 512 points gt 4096 points A2NCPUP21 QU71LP21 25 5 Program capacity 14k steps 28k steps 6 File register points 4k points 1017k points 7 Extension stage 3 stages 7 stages Q02CPU 8 Applicable memory Depending on the memory cassette RENCE UNE QJ71BR11 built in RAM built in flash ROM memory
275. rrent consumption is increased in that use 250 37 5 W 121 D mm 98 27 4 W 90 D mm External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Wiring space is narrower Calculate weight carefully when Weight 0 38kg 0 20kg A using 2 QX28s or more since the weight is increased in that use 1 The following figure shows derating 96 100 100 45 C 410095 55 C 90 80 87 5 55 C ON ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 2 3 16 240V 264V Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX28 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 5 Specifications comparisons between AX21 and QX28 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement 8 poirits Use the appropriate number of Number of input points 32 points P QX28s when using 9 points 16 points occupied more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz Input voltage distortion within 5 within 5 Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz Rated input current 10mA 220VAC 60Hz P Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA
276. rrupt pointer per program When programs of the same interrupt pointer exist CPU will result in error when interrupt condition is satisfied Register in order of MAIN SUB1 in the PLC parameter program setting of the GX Developer and set all execution type to Scan Change PLC type MAIN Main program 7 Interrupt program Interrupt program An error occurs when executing the interrupt program Subprogram since two same pointers exist Interrupt program Pr preg Interrupt program t Delete the overlapped interrupt program PROGRAM REPLACEMENT c When main program contains SFC program For the ACPU the SFC program operates as the microcomputer program of main program Since the QCPU deals the SFC program as one program the SFC program is converted to MAIN SFC Accordingly two separate programs are created when the ACPU is converted MAIN converted from main program and MAIN SFC Register in the order of MAIN MAIN SFC in the Program setting of the parameter setting of GX Developer and set all execution types to Scan Refer to Section 7 6 for precautions of replacing from the ACPU SFC MELSAP II to the QCPU MELSAP3 Change PLC type Set execution order Dm MAIN and type in the program setting of parameter Main program SFC program MAIN SFC 2 Program setting of the GX Developer The following explains req
277. s turned on by or SET F the F number which has been detected earliest F number at which among the F numbers which have turned on is stored in D9009 SD62 Annunciator detection external failure has BIN code occurred SD62 can be cleared by or instruction If another F number has been detected the clearing of 5062 causes the next number to be stored 5062 Step number at which D9010 1 255 Error ste operation error has i T SD999 ji occurred Step number at which D9011 501255 Error ste operation error has SD999 occurred SD1255 D9014 I O control mode control mode number SD999 7 37 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Special register Compati n Explanation bility Meaning The operation status of CPU as shown below are stored 7 38 in SD203 b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bO ea Gee mE T 1 1 1 1 y T 1 T 1 1 L 1 1 ik 1 il i L X x X Remote RUN STOP CPU key switch by computer 0 RUN RUN 1 STOP D9015 SD203 Operating status of CPU Operating status of CPU EIE 2 PAUSE perating status o perating status o 2 PAUSE 1 3 l STEBRUN Remains the same in remote RUN STOP mode Status in program Remote RUN STOP 0 Except below by parameter setting STOP DUER
278. se Build a circuit that turns on the external power supply when the PLC main module power is turned on If the external power supply is turned on first it could result in erroneous output or erroneous operation When there are communication problems with the data link refer to the corresponding data link manual for the operating status of each station Not doing so could result in erroneous output or erroneous operation When connecting a peripheral device to the CPU module or connecting a personal computer or the like to the intelligent function module special function module to exercise control data change on the running PLC configure up an interlock circuit in the sequence program to ensure that the whole system will always operate safely Also before exercising other control program change operating status change status control on the running PLC read the manual carefully and fully confirm safety Especially for the above control on the remote PLC from an external device an immediate action may not be taken for PLC trouble due to a data communication fault In addition to configuring up the interlock circuit in the sequence program corrective and other actions to be taken as a system for the occurrence of a data communication fault should be predetermined between the external device and PLC CPU NCAUTION Do not bunch the control wires or communication cables with the main circuit or power wires or install them clo
279. se to each other They should be installed 100 mm 3 94 inch or more from each other Not doing so could result in noise that would cause erroneous operation When controlling items like lamp load heater or solenoid valve using an output module large current approximately ten times greater than that present in normal circumstances may flow when the output is turned OFF to ON Take measures such as replacing the module with one having sufficient rated current Installation Precautions CAUTION Use the PLC in an environment that meets the general specifications contained in this manual Using this PLC in an environment outside the range of the general specifications could result in electric shock fire erroneous operation and damage to or deterioration of the product While pressing the installation lever located at the bottom of module insert the module fixing tab into the fixing hole in the base unit until it stops Then securely mount the module with the fixing hole as a supporting point Incorrect loading of the module can cause a malfunction failure or drop When using the PLC in the environment of much vibration tighten the module with a screw Tighten the screw in the specified torque range Undertightening can cause a drop short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can cause a drop short circuit or malfunction due to damage to the screw or module When installing extension cables be sure that the base uni
280. sions 50 H x 37 5 W x 131 D m 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 49kg 0 15kg 1 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the 41 2 The following figure shows derating 10 90 80 ON N 28 8VDC 70 60 ratio 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 Ambient temperature 3 By using connectors terminal block converter modules A6TBXY36 etc conversion to the terminal block is possible 3 20 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 9 Specifications comparisons between AX40 and QX40 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specification AX40 ey eiu Compatibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 2 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 12VDC are not applicable 1 Maximum Simultaneous 100 8 point common 100 simultaneously ON o on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable 1 OFF
281. ss current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1VDC TYP 0 3A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A at ON 1 5VDC MAX 0 3A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load rated load resistans load Transistor built in Surge suppressor Zener diode g zener diode 16 points common Common terminal common terminal 16 points common o arrengement TB18 TB36 common terminal TB18 8 points fuse common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 1A fast blow fuse A 6 7A unchangeable Connect the fast blow fuse to the Fuse 2fuses per common in 8point fuse blow 50 A units MP 10 Uu pasity external if necessary Yes Yes The QY50 does not detect f TU LED is turned ON when fuse When fuse blows LED Fuse blow indicator A blown unless the external power is is blown Signal is output to a indicates it and signal is output PLC CPU to CPU 38 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminal VI 1 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 cannot be used 12 24VD 12 24VDC ii Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not External Vol
282. ss 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1A Maximum voltage drop 1 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A o at ON i 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistive load i rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode A 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal common terminal common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch The 40 pin connectors are sold Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors pi External connections separately Purchase them solder optional separately 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm for 1 or AGCON4 The 40 pin connectors are sold Two external wiring connec Accessory Yos separately Purchase them separately 12 24VDC ee Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not V S 1 Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag 10 2 to 40VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 40mA 20mA at 24VD Current 24VDC TYP per common OmA at C common Current consumption 0 34A TYP all points ON 0 15A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 106 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions SH OL 081 ee en A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0
283. ssion diode Zener diode 8 points common The wiring of terminal block differs Common terminal P Not provided 9 rendement common terminal points independent A since all the contacts of the QY68A g TB10 TB20 P P are independent None 5A fast blow fuse Fuse common type Installing a fuse to an external x P cable is recommended Yes Fuses are not built in 1 When fuse is blows LED Fuse blow indicator A ow E x indicates it signal is output to CPU Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required E 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max i YS R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used Review current capacity when using 2 QX28s or more since current Current consumption 0 115A TYP all points ON 0 11A TYP all points ON A MN consumption is increased in that use 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions ne W x 0 H x 301D A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 x 1 48 W x 4 76 0 inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 63kg 0 14kg 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent external devices and modules from burning out
284. ssor up Men Zener diode zener diode A 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal common terminal common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 2A2 1A01 1A02 2A01 2A02 ON indication LED ON indication LED Operation indicator 32 point switch over using 32 point switch over using switch switch The 40 pin connectors are sold Two 40 pin connectors Two 40 pin connectors pi External connections separately Purchase them solder optional separately 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm for AGCON1 or AGCON4 The 40 pin connectors are sold Two external wiring connec Accessory tois x separately Purchase them separately 12 24VDC External wer Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC x External power supply is not 8 ripple ratio within 5 required PPY Current 20mA at 24VDC common 7 0 50A Current consumption TYP 60 or less 0 15A TYP all points ON simultaneous 250 7 5 W x 106 D H x 27 4 W D External dimensions rmm Tous W x30 Hmm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 17 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 44kg 0 17kg 3 61 3 O MODULE REPLACEMENT 23 Specifications comparisons between AY50 and QY50 Specification O Compatible Compatibility Ax Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of o
285. t and the extension module connectors are installed correctly After installation check them for looseness Poor connections could cause an input or output failure Securely load the memory card into the memory card loading connector After installation check for lifting Poor connections could cause an operation fault Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system before mounting or removing the module Not doing so could result in damage to the product Note that the module can be changed online while power is on in the system that uses the CPU module compatible with online module change or on the MELSECNET H remote I O station Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be changed online while power is on and each module has its predetermined changing procedure For details refer to this manual and the online module change section in the manual of the module compatible with online module change Do not directly touch the module s conductive parts or electronic components Touching the conductive parts could cause an operation failure or give damage to the module Wiring Precautions Completely turn off the externally supplied power used in the system when installing or placing wiring Not completely turning off all power could result in electric shock or damage to the product When turning on the power supply or operating the module after installation or wiring work be sure th
286. t failure check instruction CHK of the application instructions Supplement Conversion candidate instructions CHK gt CHKCIR instruction CHKEND CHKEND instruction IX Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Supplement IXEND Conversion candidate instruction IX gt IX instruction IXEND gt IXEND instruction CHKEND Structured programs instructions LRDP Dedicated MELSEC II B 4 LWTP Counter Measure instructions Local Remote I O Station RFRP Reprogram the network modules to use with the QCPU Access Instructions RTOP Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually Character string data SCMP Supplement comparisons instructions Conversion candidate instructions LD AND OR instruction BMOVR BXCHR Counter Measure 5 RSET Review the program and convert manually Extension file register ZRRD Supplement instructions i ZRRDB Conversion candidate instructions BMOV MOV RSET ZRWR instruction ZRWRB ZCHGO Proguram switching ZCHG1 Counter Measure 4 Dedicated instructions ZCHG2 Review the program with referring to Section 7 7 9 instructions ZCHG3 Counter Measure PID control instructions PID57 There is no alternative action Counter Measure Review the program and convert manually ZCOM Supplement Network Conversion
287. t module Al61 Al61 S1 8 AD70 AD70D AD71 AD71S1 Positioning module 07192 0717 072 AD778M AD75P1 S3 AD75P2 S3 AD75P3 S3 1 AD75M1 AD75M2 AD75M3 MELSECNETMINISS AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 1 master module Intelligent communication module AD51 S3 AD51H S3 2 Paging module AD22 S1 2 Position detection module A61LS A62LS S5 A63LS PC fault detection module AS91 Memory card centronics interface AD59 AD59 S1 module Supersonic linear scale module A64BTL 7 AJ711D1 R4 AJ711D2 R4 2 ID interface module AD32ID1 AD32ID2 MELSEC I OLINK module AJ51T64 B NET interface module AJ71B62 S3 JEMANET JPCN 1 AJ71J92 88 master module External error check module AD51FD S3 Voice output module A11VC Vision sensor module AS50VS AS50VS GN Blanking module AG60 Dummy module AG62 A The dedicated instructions of QnA A series program are not applicable to the QCPU Replace them with the FROM TO instructions 2 When using the QA1S65B QA1S68B totally up to 6 modules can be connected including the corresponding modules mounted to the QA1S65B QA1S68B 3 Only one interrupt module selected from QI60 15161 Al61 and Al61 S1 can be used 5 BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE REPLACEMENT 5 4 3 External Dimensions The following shows the external dimensions the QA65B 2x 6 M4 screws 4 0 6 installation holes for module installation M5 mounting screw
288. t multiplication division DB DB 5 DB P DB P DBCD DBCD Conversion from BIN data to 8 digit BCD DBCDP DBCDP e DBIN DBIN Conversion from 8 digit BCD to BIN data DBINP DBINP Oo 32 bit data negation transfer DCML BENE 2 DCMLP DCMLP 32 bit BIN data decrement DDEG BDES 2 DDECP DDECP 16 bit BIN data decrement PES DER 2 DECP DECP DECO DECO 8 256 bit decode DECOP DECOP 5 2 word data read from the intelligent special DFRO DFRO function module DFROP DFROP Interrupt disable instructions DI DI Refresh disable DI DI 32 bit BIN data increment DING DING 2 DINCP DINCP 4 bit groupings of 16 bit data DIS BIS 2 DISP DISP 32 bit data transfer DMOV DMOV DMOVP DMOVP Logical sums of 32 bit data DOR DOR E DORP DORP Left rotation of 32 bit data DROL Spe 2 DRCLP DRCLP 7 7 7 Right rotation of 32 bit data DROR Eno 2 er DRCRP DRCRP 7 7 7 7 13 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model Contents QCPU Reference section Left rotation of 32 bit data DROL PROL DROLP DROLP 7 7 7 Right rotation of 32 bit data ROR 2 DRORP DRORP 7 7 7 1 word shift to left of n word data pele 2 DSFLP DSFLP 1 word shift to right of n word data D
289. t provided g amenqemert common terminal all points independent A since all the contacts of the QY68A 9 TB10 TB20 P P are independent Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 3 2A fast blow fuse None Fuse 2 fuse per common type Installing a fuse to an external x MP 32 cable is recommended Yes Fuses are not built in 1 When fuse blows LED Fuse blow indicator i x x indicates it and signal is output to CPU 20 points removable terminal 18 points terminal block External connections block M3x6 screw x M3x6 screw 0 3 to 0 75 core Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Wiring change is required 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max R1 25 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 sleeved crimping terminals x terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 ping cannot be used External Voltage 24VDC 21 6 to 26 4VDC jower A So Current supply 24VDC TYP per common Review current capacity when using 2 QY68s or more since current Current consumption 0 115A TYP all point ON 0 11A TYP all point ON O aes consumption is increased in that use A 250 H x 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm in External dimensions Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch 05 Weight 0 64kg 0 14kg 1 Mount a fuse on every external terminal to prevent the external device and module deferioration up
290. tage 10 2 to 28 8VDC i 10 2 to 30VDC applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 100mA Current 20mA at 24VDC common d 24VDC TYP per common Current consumption 0 31A TYP all points ON 0 08A TYP all points ON 250 H x 37 5 W x 131 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm External dimensions ns DUM 0 H x 10 A A Wiring space is narrower 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 55kg 0 17kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 26 Specifications comparisons between AY51 UL and QY50 Specification AY51 UL O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of output Y i y er of outpu 32 points 16 points 2 Use two QY50s when using 17 points points or more Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Volt 28 8 VDC i 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC oltage uvae range applicable 0 5A point 4A common z When placing next to the Maximum load current 0 5A point 4A common power supply module 3 3A common Maximum inrush 0 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A 1 5VDC MAX 0 5 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A
291. taken to select loads to be used OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 2ms or less 1ms or less time ON to OFF ne PEN resistive load rated load resistive load 16 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal P 32 points common 9 9 amendment Common terminal Common terminal 17 18 36 A be applied to each common since 9 TB17 TB35 CER the QY81P has only one common Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V Zener diode Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED Yes overheat protection function overload protection function Overheat protection function Protection None is activated in increments of 2 points Overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point R 38 points removable terminal 37 pin D subconnector External connections x block M3x6 screw optional T r Damm Wiring change is required 1 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm i for AGCON1E 12 24VDC eevee Voltage over 28 8VDC is not Vi E 1 External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ii 10 2 to 30VDC TRE applicable power ripple ratio witin 596 supply 50mA Current 40mA at 24VDC 24VDC TYP 1 common ON Current consumption 0 23A TYP all points ON 0 095A TYP all points ON 250 7 5 W x 131 D H x 274 W D External dimensions W 2 13 D mm IBH x A 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 5 16 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 53kg
292. thium batteries make sure to treat them based on the transport regulations Refer to QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection for details of the controlled models REVISIONS The handbook number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print Date Handbook Number H Revision 2005 s 08043ENG B Correction Section 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 7 2 1 Appendix 1 Addition Appendix 1 1 Changed item numbers Appendix 1 1 to Appendix 1 4 Appendix 1 2 to Appendix 1 5 Japanese Handbook Version L 08042 C This handbook confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this handbook 2005 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 9 A 1 REVISIONS 9 A 9 59 999
293. tion E MUL Floating decimal point division E DIV Data dissociation NDIS DIS Data linking NUNI UNI Check pattern updates CHKCIR CHKEND CHK CHKEND PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 7 9 Setting Method when Multiple Sequence Programs are Created For the ACPU some programs include main program and subprogram and main programs have SFC programs When replacing those programs with the QCPU they are separated into different programs For the separated programs in the QCPU the Program setting of the parameter setting is required This section provides precautions after replacement of program settings etc 1 Program files at replacement a When the main program and subprogram are operated as one program in CPU Register in the order of MAIN SUB1 SUB2 in the Program setting of the PLC parameter of GX Developer and set all the execution types to Scan Default upon the registration is Scan Change PLC type Set execution order E MAIN and type in the program setting of parameter Main program Subprogram1 SUB1 Subprogram2 33 SUB2 Setting example of program setting Pr ogr am Executi on type 1 MAIN Scan 2 SUB1 Scan 3 SUB2 Scan b When ACPU has interrupt program For the ACPU the main program and subprogram have the same interrupt program For the QCPU delete interrupt programs except one of them since the QCPU can assign one inte
294. tion ORI ORI OUT instruction OUT 1 OUT 1 Trailing edge output PLF PLF Leading edge output PLS PLS Print ASCII code instruction PR PR Print comment instruction PRC PRC Left rotation of 16 bit data RGL Rol 2 RCLP RCLP 7 7 7 Right rotation of 16 bit data ROR ROR RCRP RCRP 7 7 7 Return from subroutine program RET RET Remote I O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 3 Read from automatic updating buffer memory RIFR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 12 Read from device station buffer RIRCV OUT SM1255 7 2 3 12 memory with handshake Read from intelligent device station buffer RIRD OUT SM1255 7 2 3 12 memory to intelligent device station buffer memory RISEND OUT SM1255 7 2 3 12 with handshake Write to automatic updating buffer memory RITO OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 12 Write to intelligent device station buffer memory RIWT OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 12 Network parameter setting RLPA OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 12 Automatic refresh parameter setting RRPA OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 12 1 The high speed timer or retentive timer can also be converted according to the parameter setting 7 15 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 16 Contents Left rotation of 16 bit data Instruction name ROL O Automatic conversion x Manual conversion required High Performance model QCPU ROL Reference section 7 7 7
295. to Q series 1 Gradual transition to Q series without modifying the wiring Method Replace the modules gradually by using the QA extension base QA65B and utilizing the property of the large sized A series Advantage The cost and workload for the transition can be divided and yet the function extension can be continued during the transition Existing large sized A Q series Q series Q series Large sized A modules Large sized Remove the existing large sized A modules modules and mount them onto the QA extension base QA extension base 1 INTRODUCTION Replacement procedures Step 1 P Mount the QCPU and module for function extension if necessary on Q series main base and then connect it to the QA extension base QA65B Mount the existing large sized A modules such as the power supply module and I O module etc on the extension base The existing wiring is usable without modification Programs are automatically converted by changing the PLC type from ACPU to QCPU using GX Developer Even if the module arrangement is changed the I O can be assigned to the same number as before which cuts out the need to modify the programs and line number for I O module Someinstructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed Step 2 Replace
296. tocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Vol 28 8 VDC i ee 10 2 to 40VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC GIU Qvod range applicable id i i h 0 1 0 1 attention to the common 1 6A common 2A common current Maximum inrush 0 4A 0 7A 10ms or less current Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less 2 5VDC 0 1 Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC TYP 0 1A 1 75VDC 5mA 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 1 7VDC 1mA OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less inda 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load i rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener diode 16 F iring a diff Common terminal 32 points common iis a ditterent voltage cannot common terminal terminal A01 A02 A be applied to each common since 9 TB18 TB36 Nu dE the QY41P has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable terminal 40 pin connector External connections block optional x M3x6 screw P 0 3mm AWG 22 or Wiri h i ired 1 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm mm AWG 22 or less x iring change is required For A6CON1 or A6CON4 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 d 12 24VDC Voltage over 28 8 VDC is Vi External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A ag SS 10 2 to 40VDC
297. ts unit Measure m Execute the file setting of PLC parameter Specification Timer and counter are processed when executing instruction Section Timer Counter Timer and counter are processed Measure 774 with the END Review the programs since the 7 7 5 processing timing differs between timer and counter 7 1 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 2 Parameter O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible ACPU specification Parameters are dedicated for each CPU QCPU specification and precautions for replacement Specification Parameters are dedicated for each CPU Measure Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Compat Refer to ibility Section 7 3 Special relay 256 points of M9000 to M9255 are provided Specification 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are provided Measure Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 4 Special register 256 points of D9000 to D9255 are provided Specification 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are provided Measure Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 5 Comment Comments are managed as a
298. type specification E xcluding Extended Comments Ihe changed range Comment Commen specifications will be deleted r Range specification PLC GPP Format GX Developer Format Device Start End Start End xy Special M Special D 1 Comment 22 memory capacity p K Bytes Device Start End Start EnS Extended comment memory capacity K Bytes f lt lt Local gt gt tab screen A series Set this when specifying the range for comments by program and read data Import from GPPA format file Lx Drive Path ICNGPPAUSR Browse T Werge nete File selection Common Local Read Write the comments of the set range If closed the changed range specifications will be deleted PLC GPPA Format GX Developer Format Comment 1 2 memory capacity K Bytes g Merge peripheral statement note h Execute button Click this button after making the setting 3 Setting Procedure a Data selection 1 Set a drive path for reading in GPPQ or GPPA format 2 Click the Browse button to set the system name and machine name of the project to be read 3 Check the checkbox of data to be selected by with the Param prog button Select all button or the mouse 4 Click the Execute button after making necessary settings b Canceling data selection 1 When canceling the selected data arbitrarily Clear the checkmark in the checkbox with the m
299. ually For intelligent function modules and network modules review programs and parameters 1 Applicable range of conversion from ACPU by the GX Developer The following table shows the applicable range of conversion from the ACPU to other PLCs As it shows converting to all PLC CPUs is applicable Change source Change destination PLC Product PLC QnACPU GX Developer Acu 2 Operation of GX Developer a Select the Change PLC type of the Project menu 2 8 aal ael rem zii sj rfe s Open project Ss l Clase project a re ael 1 J Fels Save Cts sF7 sF8 aF7 aF8 aF5 csF5 csH0 F10 aF9 Save as e xz ej ee sn aT ll e lee Delete project MO Verily f 1 Edit Data Change PLC type n m END Import file 4 Export file gt Macro 4 Function Block Lj Printer setup Print CtrkP 1 CAMy Documents pragram 2 CAMELSECALLT Sample program 3 CAWINDOWS Desktop Sample 4 CAWINDOWS Desktop qepu_fb Start new GX Developer session Exit GX Developer Project Changes the PLC type Q25PH Host station Ovwte PROGRAM REPLACEMENT b Specify the target PLC type in the Change PLC type dialog Change PLC type x PLC series setting Change PLC type PLC series T PLC series i i OK OCPU Gmode TER acPua mode PLC
300. uctions 10 2 8 20 Total number of application instructions 99 84 15 85 Total number of sequence basic application 4 s aes 237 220 17 93 instructions PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Conversion ratio of dedicated instructions The following table shows the conversion ratio when changing the PLC type of the ACPU dedicated instructions to the QCPU High Performance model QCPU Number of Number of instructions 5 4 Number of instructions Instruction type applicable NE nstructions fer requiring manual automatic conversion Direct input output instructions 3 0 100 Structured program instructions 6 2 4 33 Data operation instructions 6 6 0 100 l O operation instructions 2 2 0 10096 Real in number processing 27 27 0 100 instructions Dedicated Character string processin instructions SB 9 25 24 1 96 Functional instructions uncti 77 Data control instructions 6 6 0 100 extension Clock instructions 2 2 0 100 E ion fil ister xtension ile registe 7 0 7 0 instructions Program switching instructions 4 0 4 0 Instructions for PID control 3 2 1 67 Subtotal 91 74 17 81 t Instructions for data link 9 5 4 56 DRM Instructions for special function ucti instructions p 59 0 59 0 For modules meats Subtotal 68 5 63 7 Total number of dedicated instructions 159 79 80 50 The automatic conversion is appli
301. ue A Mode Common Instructions Programming IB 66250 13741 10 AnSHCPU AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A Mode Programming IB 66251 13J742 Manual Dedicated Instructions 11 AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A mode Programming Manual IB 66258 13J744 PID Control Instructions 12 Type MELSAP II SFC Programming Manual IB 66361 13JF40 13 QnACPU Programming Manual Fundamentals IB 66614 13JF46 14 QnACPU Programming Manual Special Function Module SH 4013 13JF56 15 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual Common Instructions SH 080039 13JF58 16 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 17 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 18 I O module type Building block User s Manual IB 66140 13J643 19 A D converter module type A68AD User s Manual IB 66054 13J607 20 A D converter module type A68AD S2 User s Manual IB 66213 13J647 21 Analog Digital Converter Module type A68ADN User s Manual IB 66307 13J668 22 Analog Digital Converter Module type A616AD User s Manual IB 66171 13J645 23 D A converter module type A62DA User s Manual IB 66053 13J608 App 1 APPENDICES No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 24 D Aconverter module type A62DA S1 User s Manual IB 66177 13J648 25 Digital Analog Converter Module type A68DAV DAI S1 User s Manual IB 66285 13J667 26 Digital Analog Co
302. uired program settings for executing multiple programs The execution type of program is set in Program setting of the PLC parameter setting of the GX Developer A CPU module executes the programs of the specified execution type in the setting order a b b 5 b 5 Qn H Parameter PLC name Puc system Puc file Puc RAS Device Proarg ae P interval PROGRAM3 Fixed scan Y 400 0 ms E Program PROGRAM1 Programs are executed in selected sequence PROGRAM2 PROGRAMS PROGRAM2 Low speed X PROGRAMI c d File usability setting 1 0 refresh setting Acknowledge assignment Multiple CPU settings Default Check a Program name Cancel Set a name for a program to be executed with a CPU module b Execution type Select the execution type of files set in the program name 1 Initial execution type Initial This type of programs is executed only one time when switching the power supply from off to on or STOP status to RUN status 2 Scan execution type Scan This type of programs is executed every scan after having executed the initial execution type program 3 Low speed execution type Low speed This type of programs is executed only when the constant scan or low speed type program execution time is set 7 52 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 4 Stand by type Wait This type of program is executed only when demanded 5 Fixe
303. umber 0 SD999 for host station to 64 D9244 SD1255 Number of link device Stores number of slave SD999 stations stations Number of times 501255 D Stores cumulative total of D9245 communications errors SD999 receive errors detected PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 6 Precautions for Replacing the MELSAP II with the MELSAP3 7 6 1 7 6 2 The basic operation of the MELSAP3 is the same as the MELSAP II but the specifications are partially defferent This section provides the precautions for the replacement Starting SFC Program The SFC program can be started by using the special relay for starting stopping the SFC program That special replay for the ACPU M9101 is replaced with the special relay for the QCPU SM321 upon converting from the ACPU to QCPU The specifications of the special relay differ between the two CPUs Specifications Precautions for replacement MELSAP II M9101 Switches on and off with user operation on MELSAP3 SM321 SFC program starts up at default since system is automatically turned Block Information SFC Information Device When starting stopping the SFC program according to user conditions turn the SM321 to on off with program The MELSAP II and MELSAP3 have different method of executing the Block START STOP and Reading of the number of active steps and active step numbers with block information SFC information device Block START
304. up from 0 to 32767 then down to 32768 and then again up to 0 Counting repeats this routine Stores the year 2 lower digits and month in BCD Clock data b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b3 to bo Example D9025 SD210 Clock data ME Ko d ido d 11 11987 July Weal month Month Stores the day and hour in BCD Clock data b15 to b12b11 to b8 b7 to b3 to bO Example D9026 SD211 Clock data 1 31st 10 a m day hour GENE SENS ale ur Day Hour PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special register O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Explanation Stores the minute and second in BCD Clock data b15 to b12b11 to bBb7 to b4b3 to bo Example D9027 SD212 Clock data NEN 11 35 min 48 sec MURUS Seon LLLILE LELELILI L1 JH n48 Minute Second Stores the year two digits and the day of the week in SD213 in the BCD code format as shown below b15 to b12b11 to bBb7 to b4b3 to b0 Example Clock data 1905 09028 50213 Clock data higher digits of year day Day of the week 0 Sunday pfweek Higher digits of year 0 to 99 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday D9035 0648 Extension
305. upler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not aplicable Rated input current CMA 100 Approx 6mA A Reduced 1 1 14mA 24VDC id i 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating vole 10 2 to 26 4VDC NC A 12VDC are not aplicable range ripple ratio witin 596 Maximum Helene 100 16 100 16 P simultanellously ON simultanellously ON point ON voltage 9V or more 19V or more 4 0mA or more A 12VDC are not aplicable OFF voltage 4V or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not aplicable Input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 3 9kQ A Increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ims or less Use initial value 0 2ms for the input OFF to ON 0 2ms or less 2 CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Use initial value 0 2ms for the input ONto OFF 0 2ms or less CPU parameter setting response time of parameters Initial setting is 0 2ms 16 points common Common terminal po 16 points common arrengement terminal Common terminal TB17 E TB9 TB18 Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable p 7 18 points terminal block External connections terminal block M3x6 screws x x M3 x 6 screws 0 3 to 0 75mm core Applicable wire si 0 75 to 1 5mm Pe ere wire sizo 2 8mm 0 11 inch OD max x Wiring change is require
306. ut points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current Approx 4mA Approx 10mA Approx 4mA A Reduced 1 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC Operating voltage range Ripple ratio within 5 Ripple ratio within 5 12VDC are not applicable Maximum simultaneous 06 5 point common Refer to the derating chart 2 on input point simultaneously ON ON voltage ON current 9 5VDC or more 3mA or more 19V or more 3mA or more A 12VDC are not applicable OFF voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 9 5V or less 1 5mA or less 12VDC are not applicable input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 1 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms OFF to ON Kise less 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Response Initial setting is 0 2ms time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms ON to OFF dams orl ss 1ms or less o Set the input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters to 0 1 ms Initial setting is 0 2ms For wiring a different voltage Common terminal 3 32 points common cannot be applied to each arrangement common teminal common teminal B01 B02 B common since the QX41 S1 has TB9 TB18 TB27 TB36 only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 38 points removable External connections terminal block 40 pin connector option x M3 x 6 screw
307. utput i uic 16 points 16 points points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Operating load voltage Voltage over 28 8 VDC is not e 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC g range applicable Maximum load current 0 5A point 2A common 0 5A point 4A common O Maximum inrush 7A 10ms or less Carefully select load for use since 4A 10ms or less A current 3 5A 100ms or less the inrush current value differs Leakage current OFF 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 0 9VDC TYP 0 5A 0 2VDC TYP 0 5A o at ON 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A OFF to ON 2ms or less 1ms or less Response 1ms or less time ON to OFF 2ms or less resistans load i O rated load resistans load Surge suppressor Varistor 52 to 62V zener diode 8 points common For wiring a different voltage cannot Common terminal i 16 points common amendement common terminal common terminal 18 A be applied to each common since g TB10 TB20 the QY50 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 2A fast blow fuse 6 7A unchangeable Connect the fast blow fuse to the Fuse A 1 fuse common type fuse blow capasity 50A external if necessary Yes Yes The QY50 does not detect fuse LED is turned ON when fuse When fuse blows LED indi B Fuse blow indicator 3 blown unless the external power is is blown Signal is output to a cates it an
308. voltage OFF current 6VDC or less 1 5mA or less 11V or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC are not applicable 1 input resistance Approx 2 4kQ Approx 5 6kQ A Increased 2 s Use initial value 10ms for the OFF to ON 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting x parameters Response Initial setting is 10ms ced iis Use initial value 10ms for the ON to OFF 10ms or less input response time of CPU parameter setting parameters Initial setting is 10ms For wiring a different voltage Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common A cannot be applied to each arrangement common teminal TB9 TB18 common teminal TB17 common since the QX40 has only one common Operation indicator ON indication LED ON indication LED 20 points removable External connections ane block 1 pointe termina block x M3 x 6 screws M3x6 screws 2 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm E ak Hum x Wiring change is required 3 Applicable crimping R1 25 3 R2 3 Rod terminal RAV1 25 3 RAV2 3 terminals cannot be used Current consumption 0 055A TYP all points ON 0 05A TYP all points ON 250 37 5 W x 121 D mm 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 2 External dimensions 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 476 D inch 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 36kg 0 16kg 1 Use the QX70 at 12VDC 2 Check the specifications of sensor or switch to connect to the QX40 3 T
309. ward loop error SM999 ON Abnormal SM1255 OFF Normal M9226 Reverse loop error z SM999 ON Abnormal OFF Not being executed SM1255 ON Forward or reverse M9227 Loop test status SM999 loop test execution underway OFF RUN or STEP RUN M9232 SM1255 Local station operation status 5 999 status ON STOP or PAUSE status Local station error detect SM1255 OFF No errors M9233 status E SM999 ON Error detection PROGRAM REPLACEMENT Special relay O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Meaning Local station remote I O SM1255 OFF No errors M9235 station parameter error SM999 ON Error detection detect status Local station remote I O OFF No communications SM1255 fen hat ON M9236 station initial ON Communications SM999 ous communications status underway M9237 SM1255 Local station remote I O OFF Normal 5 999 station error ON Abnormal Local i SM1255 station remote I O OFF Normal M9238 station forward or reverse SM999 ON Abnormal loop error OFF Online SM1255 ON Offline station to M9240 Link status SM999 stationtest or self loopback test SM1255 OFF Normal M9241 Forward loop line error SM999 ON Abnormal SM1255 OFF Normal M9242 Reverse loop line error SM999 ON Abnormal OFF Loopback not being SM1255 conducted M9243 Loopback implementation SM999 ON Loopback implementation SM1255
310. x 7 2 3 4 Consecutive display of the same character PEU CC2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 8 11 Changing the character color QUT SM12955 CCDSPV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Special format failure checks CHK OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Changing check format of CHK instruction CHKEND OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 4 Displaying numerals CINO to CIN9 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying letters of the alphabet CINA to CINZ OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Clearing display of designated area CINCLR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying hyphen CINHP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying minus CINMP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying period decimal point CINPT OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying spaces CINSP OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Clearing the display area CLS OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Clearing the VRAM area CLV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Setting the display mode CMODE OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Transferring canvas data to the VRAM area CMOV OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Setting normal display for characters CNOR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Displaying the cursor COFF OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Designating the character display color COLOR OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Reading device comment data COMRD COMRD TUM CON1 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 CON2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 COS operations on floating decimal point data COS COS Displaying a canvas screen CPS1 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Changing the VRAM display address CPS2 OUT SM1255 x 7 2 3 11 Consecutive display o
311. y switch ON indication LED 32 point switch over using Switch External connections Output 32pin connector 40pin connector Wiring change is required 0 3mm AWG 22 or less Applicable wire size 0 3mm A ybi For AGCON1 or A6CON4 Ext 12 24VDC 12 24VDC xterna Baer Voltage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Wi d ripple ratio witin 5 ripple ratio witin 5 iue Current 180mA TYP 0 02A 24VDO common Th ber of ied points i 64 points num ero points is 7 7 64 points 128 points 64points x 2 128 Occupied points I O assignment output 64 oints I O assignment output points when using both modules of P the QX42 and QY42 Reviewi ity i Current consumption 0 11A TYP 0 15A TYP all points ON eviewing power supply capacity is required External dimensions 250 H x 37 5 W x 119 D mm 9 84 H x 1 48 W x 4 76 D inch 98 H x 27 4 W x 90 D mm 8 86 H 1 08 W x 3 54 D inch Weight 0 60kg 0 17kg 3 I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 4 Specifications Comparisons Interrupt Module 1 Specifications comparisons between Al61 and QI60 Specification O Compatible Compatibility A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement Number of interrupt ue d 16 points 16 points input points Isolation method Photoco
312. ype JCPLIffimore ance 012 MOTION SCPU CNC MB M PLC type setting Click the OK button after setting the PLC type E Change PLC type 9 QCPU Qmode 4 ance PLC type c Select the conversion method of special relays registers Change PLC type x Change the PLC type to Q12H Are you sure to change all of the data to match the PLC type To check all data select confirm change 000 0 9000 lt gt SM400 SD400 Specify the conversion destination of special relays registers 90005 090005 Check the Convert M9000 D9000 SM400 SD400 Checked Converted to the Q dedicated SM400s SD400s Not Checked Converted to the A compatible SM1000s SD1000s Fixed to Checked when selecting the Basic model QCPU It is recommended to check the box when specifying the device conversion destination Click the Yes or Confirm change button after specifying the device conversion destination to start the Change PLC type e Yes The change is executed without intermediate steps of user confirmation Confirm change Asks the user for confirming the changes 7 6 PROGRAM REPLACEMENT 7 1 3 ACPU Program Conversion Ratio Conversion ratio of common instructions Sequence basic application instructions The following table shows the conversion ratio when changing the PLC type of the ACPU common instructions to the QCPU M

program replacement - Beijer Electronics

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents